This is only a preview of the August 2003 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 31 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "PC Infrared Remote Receiver":
Items relevant to "Digital Instrument Display For Cars, Pt.1":
Items relevant to "Home-Brew Weatherproof 2.4GHz WiFi Antennas":
Items relevant to "Fitting A Wireless Microphone To The PortaPAL":
Items relevant to "Jazzy Heart Electronic Jewellery":
Articles in this series:
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 1
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.gadgetcentral.com.au
Contents
Vol.16, No.8; August 2003
www.siliconchip.com.au
FEATURES
8 OLED Displays: Better Than Plasma Or LCD
Organic LED (OLED) displays look set to take over from LCD & plasma
displays in monitors & TV sets. Here’s how they work – by Peter Smith
12 Home Automation: It’s Here
Think home automation has been too hard? The new Eon3 home automation
kits make it dead simple – by Ross Tester
17 Review: Atlas LCR Passive Component Analyser
Looking for a quick and easy way to measure resistors, capacitors
and inductors? This little gem will do the trick – by Peter Smith
PROJECTS TO BUILD
22 PC Infrared Remote Receiver
Build this simple unit and play DVDs and MP3s on your PC via remote
control – by Peter Smith
PC Infrared Remote
Receiver (Controls
WinDVD, PowerDVD
WinAmp & More) –
Page 22.
34 Digital Instrument Display For Cars, Pt.1
Fancy a digital readout to replace analog gauges? This unit works with a
variety of automotive sensors and is dead easy to build – by John Clarke
42 Home-Brew Weatherproof 2.4GHz WiFi Antennas
2.4GHz wireless networking (WiFi) is on the rise. Here’s how to make two
high-performance weatherproof WiFi antennas – by Rob Clarke
64 Fitting A Wireless Microphone To The PortaPAL
Here’s how to fit a pro-quality wireless mic to the PortaPAL to make it truly
portable – by Ross Tester
70 Jazzy Heart Electronic Jewellery
Want to be the life of the party? Build the Jazzy Heart LED display! – by
Thomas Scarborough
Digital Instrument Display For
Cars – Page 34.
77 The PICAXE Pt.7: Get That Clever Code Purring
Program in some Morse Code and start communicating – by Stan Swan
84 A Digital Timer For Less Than $20
Just “nick” the timer from an old microwave oven and fit it into a case. The
resulting timer has lots of uses – by Ross Tester & Jess Benning
SPECIAL COLUMNS
57 Circuit Notebook
(1) Low-Cost Dual Digital Dice; (2) Maximum/Minimum Voltage Indicator; (3)
Halogen Lamp Dimmer With Soft Start; (4) Correction – 100V Line Connection For The SC480 Amplifier
Home-Brew Weatherproof 2.4GHz
WiFi Antennas – Page 42.
60 Serviceman’s Log
The set without a chassis – by the TV Serviceman
88 Vintage Radio
The HMV 42-71 migrant special – by Rodney Champness
DEPARTMENTS
2
4
74
77
Publisher’s Letter
Mailbag
Product Showcase
Silicon Chip Weblink
www.siliconchip.com.au
95 Ask Silicon Chip
102 Market Centre
104 Advertising Index
A Digital Timer For Less Than
$20 – Page 84.
August 2003 1
PUBLISHER’S LETTER
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Peter Smith
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO
Rick Walters
Reader Services
Ann Jenkinson
Advertising Enquiries
Leo Simpson
Phone (02) 9979 5644
Fax (02) 9979 6503
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Julian Edgar, Dip.T.(Sec.), B.Ed
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Philip Watson, MIREE, VK2ZPW
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490 All material copyright
©. No part of this publication may
be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $69.50 per
year in Australia. For overseas
rates, see the subscription page in
this issue.
Editorial & advertising offices:
Unit 8, 101 Darley St,
Mona Vale, NSW 2103.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9979 5644.
Fax (02) 9979 6503.
E-mail: silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
Should we be part of
Star Wars II?
Over the last month or so, there has been considerable news in the media about the possibility of
Australia becoming involved with a deeper alliance
with the USA, both in defence and in trade. As far
as trade is concerned, it would probably be a good
thing, especially if our farmers can get better access
to the American market. However, regardless of an
overall beneficial outcome, there are bound to be
losers in some sectors of our economy.
A closer alliance the USA in defence is another
matter entirely, and far more debatable. There are
many people who would say that our existing alliance, via the ANZUS treaty,
is already far too close. A majority were initially against our participation in
the liberation of Iraq and we were fortunate indeed, that we did not lose any
soldiers in combat (up to the time of writing this editorial, at least).
Part of the reason for the recent discussions are the worrying developments
in North Korea. They reportedly already have one or two atomic bombs and
they have a ballistic missile under development, to deliver nuclear weapons
over long distances. Mind you, just because the North Koreans have a ballistic
missile under development does not mean that they will succeed soon or at all.
Nevertheless, the Americans are working hard on producing a missile shield,
based initially in Fort Greely in Alaska and on warships in the Pacific. The USA
is also developing powerful laser to be carried in a Boeing 747. On detection
of a missile launch in North Korea, the airborne laser would make the first
attempt to knock it out. If that didn’t succeed, it would then be up to a highspeed “interceptor” launched from the warships or Alaska, to kill the missile.
Inevitably, this program has been dubbed “Son of Star Wars”, after Ronald
Reagan’s Strategic Defence Initiative which proposed having missile interceptors housed in giant “garages” orbiting the Earth. It was eventually abandoned
as being infeasible and you would have to think there is a major risk that this
new anti-missile venture won’t succeed either. After all, there are too many
ways of circumventing it. Want to protect a missile against a laser strike? Easy,
just give it a highly reflective coating. Or launch a lot of decoys. Or whatever.
Ways around it will be thought of, probably long before it is fully operational,
if that ever happens.
The Americans are certainly spending huge amounts of money in developing
this new shield and no doubt they are pushing the technology far ahead of what
was possible just a few years ago. But high-tech defences are often circumvented
with low-tech approaches by people who are especially determined – witness
the September 11 attack in New York.
Which is why Australia should be especially wary of being involved. Sure,
there might be some technology transfer to our industry but the cost of participation in this program is going to be extremely high. There are already concerns
that our existing overseas defence commitments are stretching the budget too
far. Arguably, we don’t need to be part of any “missile umbrella”.
That is not to say we should not continue to work with the USA under the
existing ANZUS treaty. But let us hope that heavy diplomatic pressure brought
to bear by the United Nations and particularly China can relieve the precarious
situation in North Korea. That is how Australia should be working, not in an
extremely expensive high-tech approach which has no guarantee that it will
work.
Leo Simpson
www.siliconchip.com.au
2.4 GHz Wireless Equipment
Low-loss, Wireless LAN Surge Protector
Greatly reduces the risk of damage
Cat 11389
through lightning strikes, etc.
Cat 11389-7 $69
CPE (Customer
Premises Equipment)
These all-in-one, high gain,
weatherproof antennae
include the RF module
inside the flat panel
housing, and
Cat 11365
connect through
your USB port.
Cat 11365-7 12dBi $519
Cat 11386-7 18dBi $589
Wireless LAN Directional Antenna
If you need to communicate over longer distances
one of these will provide your answer.
Cat 11350-7 15 dBi
$199
Cat 11351-7 19 dBi
$219
Cat 11364-7 25 dBi
$299
Cat 11367-7 10 dBi
$99
Cat 11378-7 95o 12dBi
$729
Wireless LAN Omni-Directional Antenna
A high gain resonant wave guide, slot antenna
ideal for use in access points
Cat 11361-7 $999
Cat 11345-7 W/less LAN USB station adapter $219
Barebones
Computers
Cat 1149
Cat 1149-7 A very
well designed, small
footprint computer/
terminal, which uses
the tiny VIA, ITX
form-factor motherboard.
It requires memory and
a “standard” hard drive. $559
Cat 1150-7 This really tiny (49mm
x 220mm x 165mm) Fanless
Computer system utilizes the VIA
ITX motherboard & operates from
a 12-volt supply. $749
Cat 1150
Uses a thermatic fan which adjusts speed according
to power supply temperature.
Cat 8957-7 $199
Casio CD Labeller
Don’t scribble labels with a
marker pen; turn out neat and
clear legends with this low
cost CD Printer.
Cat 5817-7 $259
Cables and Connectors
Plugs directly into a standard IDE hard
drive to provide a serial ATA interface
Cat 2891-7 Horizontal $79
Cat 2892-7 Vertical $79
Cat 2893-7 This converter provides
two serial ATA connectors from an IDE
motherboard connector $89
Cat 1008113-7 Serial ATA cable
45cm $24.90
Cat 1008114-7 Serial ATA cable
60cm
$33
POS Equipment
Cat 8356
POS keyboards
Cat 8356-7 An
xceptionally powerful, 55 key, reprogrammable keyboard for Point-of-Sale $289
Cat 8922-7 Programmable
Cat 8922
POS keyboard with provision for the addition of
a slot, card reader. $259
POS Pole Displays
Cat 8728-7 11.25mm $359
Cat 8907-7 9mm $269
POS Cash Register
Economical on both pocket
and bench space, this unit
has big display and automatic GST reporting and
registration.
Cat 1008129
Cat 1008129-7 $289
Citizen POS Receipt Printers
Low Noise Power Supply
Cat 5817
Serial ATA
30 metre VGA Extension Cables? – No
Problems – See our huge range of Audio and
Visual cables and connectors.
These quality Citizen printers offer a reliable
solution for the most demanding POS situations.
Available in both Serial and Parallel.
Cat 5694-7/5695-7 IDP 3420 Bi-Directional with
tear bar
$479
Cat 5697-7/5696-7 IDP 3421 Bi-Directional with
Auto Cutter
$549
Cat 5698-7/5699-7 IDP 3423 Bi-Directional with
Auto Cutter/paper rewind $627
Cat 5673-7/5674-7 IDP 3550 Bi-Directional friction
feed
$519
RFID readers can now connect
to your PC via a standard serial
port. Consider the applications
for these versatile access tools.
Cat 1008079
Cat 1008079-7 RFID Controller $269
Cat 1008082-7 RFID Controller Electric Door Lock $189
Cat 1008081-7 RFID Integrated
Controller and Proximity Reader $349
Cat 1008083-7 RFID Proximity Card
0.8mm Thick $4.50
Cat 1008058-7 RFID Proximity Card
1.8mm Thick $3.25
Cat 1008059-7 RFID Proximity
Cat 1008082
Key Tag $6.50
Cat 1008057-7 RFID
Proximity Reader
200mm $269
Cat 1008059
Cat 1008080-7 RFID
Proximity Reader
80mm $209
Cat 1008108-7 RFID Proximity
Reader RS232 Type 1 $199
Cat 1008108
Cat 1008109-7 RFID Proximity
Reader RS232 Type 2 $219
Parallel EPROM writer
Cat 3159-7 32 pin 8M $479
A large range of optional adapters are
also available
Until end August 2003 or......while stocks last!
Macro Key Stick
Fits above the function keys on your
keyboard & will store macros strings up to
about 1000 characters Cat 15131-7 $299
R.F. Link
Audio/video RF Link
with repeater function.
Send your DVD/Cable
program to any TV in
the house.
Cat 11808-7 $299 OR 2 for $500
RFID Proximity Readers
Cat 11808
Terminals
Auto A/V switcher. 4 inputs 2 outputs
Cat 3438-7 Was $129 now $64
SAVE $65
Dual Exhaust Fan for Hard Drive
Cat 8564-7 Was $29 now $14
SAVE $15
Exhaust Fan – dual, adjustable,
internal plenum
Cat 8420-7 Was $29 now $14
SAVE $15
USB 1.1, Internal Hub Front Access
Cat 2831-7 Was $59 now $29
SAVE $30
USB 1.1, Internal Hub Rear Access
Cat 2832-7 Was $49 now $25
SAVE $24
We have a range of Thin Client Terminals to suit most applications - Serial, Ethernet, Windows Based & Linux
MicroGram Computers
Ph: (02) 4389 8444 FreeFax: 1800 625 777
Vamtest Pty Ltd trading as MicroGram Computers ABN 60 003 062 100,
info<at>mgram.com.au
1/14 Bon Mace Close, Berkeley Vale NSW 2261
All prices subject to change without notice. For current pricing visit our website. Pictures are indicative only.
See all these products & more on our website...www.mgram.com.au
SHOREAD/MGRM0803
Dealer inquiries
welcome
MAILBAG
Camera flash capacitors
pack a punch
In the “Mailbag” section of the May
2003 issue, a comment was made questioning the claims made by Adrian
Righetti concerning the power of the
main capacitor in a camera with a
built-in flash.
I am a camera technician and I can
ensure you that the flash capacitor can
pack quite a punch. It needs to so it can
supply enough current for the flash.
My fellow technicians and I always
take extreme care when working inside
“live” cameras because misplaced
tools, or worse still, fingers touching
the capacitor terminals can cause
unpleasant results as experienced by
Adrian.
When working on cameras, we discharge the capacitor using a standard
domestic 60W light bulb fitted with
two wire leads and probes. The bulb
glows briefly as it safely discharges
the capacitor.
Michael J. Murphy,
Camera Clinic,
Collingwood, Vic.
Copy protection
a nuisance
I’d like to comment on K. Poulter’s
letter in the May, 2003 issue of SILICON CHIP.
I do agree that copy protection is not
a good thing for the general public. I
purchased a number of CDs from EMI
that use a technology called “Copy
Control”. I am not sure how this works
but the CDs will not play in the CD
player I have in one computer and
only sometimes play in my car. Yet I
have still succeeded in making perfect
copies of these CDs and also ripping
them into high quality MP3s (all for
personal use). The technology only
makes the product inferior for the
average user; it will not stop a savvy
user from copying the music at all.
Macrovision copy protection is also
a problem. I have a relatively new flat
screen television. I notice that the copy
protection causes the picture to flicker
in brightness horribly when darker
scenes are playing. I have disabled all
4 Silicon Chip
of the picture enhancement functions
in my TV and DVD player but the
problem still exists. If I disable Macro
vision in the output of the player, the
problem disappears.
I am a very experienced computer
user. I have at my disposal the experience and the technology to pirate
almost anything. It doesn’t mean that
I do. I pay for what I really like and if
I wouldn’t pay for it, then it’s really
not worth me having anyway. I believe
that most people are the same. It’s
only a small minority that want to get
everything for free.
Adam Hawes,
via email.
Making cutouts
in plastic boxes
I noted the letter in Mailbag (July
2003) concerning the reader having
difficulty cutting rectangular holes in
plastic boxes.
As an electronics enthusiast I had
the same problem and like Keith
Anderson from Tasmania, I could do
something about it. I personally redesigned our range of popular Jiffy ABS
boxes so that there is now a pre-scored
grid inside the lids. This gives the
option of a large variety of rectangular
hole cutouts.
You can simply use a sharp hobby
knife to cut all the way through the
lid. The result is an accurate hole
perfectly aligned to the edges of the
box.
Gary Johnston,
Jaycar Electronics.
Electrician’s licence does not
guarantee safe work
I have been following the debate
on the need to have an electrician’s
license to do electronics work. Recently, I purchased a split system air
conditioner from a large local elec
tronics retailer. They arranged for the
installation by a licensed electrician.
I was unhappy with the installation
and am still annoyed. Some of the
problems were:
(1) Damaged brickwork on the wall
where a new earth stake was installed.
This presumably happened when the
stake was being hammered in. Seven
bricks were damaged. This damage
would have been easy to avoid by
placing a piece of timber or cardboard
against the wall.
(2) The new switch for the air conditioner was loose when installed in
the power box. It appeared that the
self-tappers used to attach the switch
had stripped their threads after being
over-tightened.
(3) The power cable in the ceiling
was not installed according to the
official wiring rules, (AS/NZS 3000:
2000), as I understand it. The wire ran
unprotected across the ceiling, where
it could be walked on. The electrician
blamed the apprentice, a statement
which opens a whole can of worms.
To correct the matter, after I complained, the electrician cut the existing cable in the middle and added
an extra length of cable using two
junction boxes. This allowed the wire
to be rerouted. This is contrary to the
book “Electrical Wiring Practice” by
K. Pethebridge and I. Neeson, 3rd
Edition, Volume 1, page 86, McGrawHill, 2002, which states “Arguably,
the most vulnerable components of
an electrical installation are the electrical connections. For this reason, it
is good wiring practice to arrange an
installation with as few connections/
joints in the cable as possible”.
I conclude that this licensed electrician does not follow the rules and
in any case, when challenged, does
not adopt good wiring practice, even
when relatively large currents are
involved.
(4) Apparently, while the air conditioning manufacturer has no policy
www.siliconchip.com.au
regarding the attachment of air conditioning units to Gyprock wallboard,
the current unit was attached to the
wall using hollow wall bolts (similar
to toggle bolts), where the wallboard
bears the weight of the air conditioner.
The Gyprock company informed me
that they definitely discourage this
type of installation. It would have been
very easy at the time of installation to
attach the unit to the wall studs, which
would have provided much better
support. The electrician informed me
that the use of hollow wall bolts is
common practice.
I have further problems with the
installation but enough has been
said. Having a licensed electrician do
the installation has not in any way
assured me of good or safe workmanship. Quite apart from having requisite
knowledge, so much depends on the
individual doing the work.
Where has pride in workmanship
gone?
Name and address withheld
at writer’s request.
Quartz halogen lamps
and UV light
Your editorial about the inefficiencies of low voltage halogen lamps
(June 2003) happily coincided with
my reading a book entitled “Why the
Watermelons Won’t Ripen in Your
Armpit” by one Ben Selinger, noted on
the cover as being a leading chemist
and science populariser. In a section
about UV lighting in discos, he makes
the following observation.
“The quartz halogen lamp operates
at a higher temperature than conventional globes and produces ultraviolet
radiation which its quartz envelope
lets out. In the midday summer sun,
the recommended daily exposure for
UV is reached in about 15 minutes. At
25 centimetres’ distance (one foot), a
50-watt quartz halogen globe without
filter can deliver the same amount of
UV in about 15 minutes. This increases
to 40 minutes at 50 centimetres, two
hours 40 minutes at 100 centimetres,
and a full working day at 175 centimetres (inverse square law).”
Also coincidentally, my daughter
mentioned that she and her husband
were contemplating fitting a quartz
lamp over the top level of a bunk
bed, to do duty as a reading lamp. I
www.siliconchip.com.au
need hardly spell out what I thought
of that idea!
I find it very frustrating that remarks
such as yours and of Mr Selinger are
only read by a very small section of the
community. They are, in my opinion,
matters that should be given much
wider publicity, along with a lot of
other information that should be of
concern to all of us.
I. R. Anderson,
Albany, WA.
50 years of
electronics magazines
Can I say how important SILICON
CHIP is to me. I purchased my first
“Radio and Hobbies” copy over 50
years ago, in May 1953. It was the
very first book I ever purchased and
was the only technical thing I had
ever seen.
Nobody I knew understood anything
about such things and it was without
doubt the beginning of my technical
life. I went on to study engineering
and read for a PhD at Cambridge on a
scholarship. I became a civil engineer
but I have never lost my interest in
things electrical.
I still have almost ever copy of R&H
and the rest of that series and of SILICON CHIP. Forgive me if I think of the
two publications as one Australian
popular electronics magazine. I read
recently a high-level US technical
national planning group noted with
concern the demise of the electronic
hobbyist. They went on to say they
believed such activities were very
important initiators of vocational
paths that were themselves vital for
the technical soul of a nation.
I think R&H started me along such a
path and I am sure many other readers
will relate to what I am saying. In that
context, SILICON CHIP is in elite company as I don’t think there are many
publications like yours anywhere in
the world still running and with such
a long history.
For almost the full 50 years mentioned above, you have always had
a story about servicing. I would purchase SILICON CHIP for this article
alone. You seem to find folk who can
tell these wonderful stories. My experience is that these two things rarely
go together so what comes out each
month is even cleverer.
August 2003 5
Mailbag: continued
It was rather sad to read the critical
remarks in “Mailbag” in the June 2003
issue, about the work habits of your
current writer and I was delighted
to read the rebuttal and justifications
offered; how logical, reasonable and
measured.
Can I also comment on the honesty of your current writer? I think
everyone who fixes things does things
which they later realise were not so
smart; like discharging a capacitor
by making a transistor conduct with
your multimeter and taking out half
the board. I can relate to that so very
well. Yet I wonder how often I have
admitted such follies to myself let
alone writing about it in a national
publication.
Your current “Serviceman” writer
is so refreshing! All of the writers and
especially your current writer have
provided me and I imagine countless
others with endless enjoyment and
a great deal of fault-finding wisdom.
There are so many lessons to be learnt
from fixing things that go far beyond
what has actually been gained by
whatever it was that was fixed. I have
much admiration for people who make
a living out of it.
Kenneth E. Moxham,
Urrbrae, SA.
Digital TV
is impractical
As a collector and restorer of vintage B&W TV sets, I’ve been following
the “analog TV switch off” question with interest and I am in total
agreement with your July editorial
concerning the failure of terrestrial
digital TV.
There are two points which seem
to be conveniently ignored by those
trying to force it upon us. The proponents of Digital TV seem to think that
we will view it via a large screen TV in
the living room (hence the additional
push for high definition).
Coming back to reality, a typical
Australian house has more than one
TV. If the analog signal is switched
off, each of those sets will require a
digital decoder. For a house with four
TV sets, the cost to equip them all with
6 Silicon Chip
decoders is already around the $2000
mark. The proponents may say to feed
all the sets from one box. That’s fine
if everyone wants to watch the same
channel but that’s usually not the case.
And if someone wants to record a different channel, that means yet another
set top box for the VCR.
The second issue of concern is with
portable TV sets. How am I meant to
use my miniature battery (rechargeable, of course) operated TVs? Am I
meant to wear a backpack containing
a 12V battery, inverter and digital
decoder just to watch my pocket LCD
TV set when I travel?
The fact is there is no valid reason
to switch off our analog TV service.
We are fortunate in having the
625-line PAL system in Australia.
It is tried, proven and inexpensive
technology. With a decent aerial and
a properly adjusted set, it is very hard
to fault it.
The sensible option would be to
keep digital for pay services where
interactivity and multiple channels
may justify it but leave the FTAs as
they are.
On the subject of domestic halogen lighting, apart from the gross
inefficiency, the thought of a hot
transformer hidden away in the
ceiling catching fire is enough to put
me off. That’s not to mention the UV
radiation.
Finally, has anyone noticed that,
sadly, 240V incandescent light bulbs
are no longer made in Australia?
John Hunter,
via email.
Blue glow in valve
not a death sentence
I would respectfully take issue with
you regarding the answer you gave in
the July 2002 issue (page 91) to R. R.
of Ocean Reef, WA, about discharges
in valves.
In a rectifier such as an 80, a mauve
to pink glow between the filaments and
the plates definitely indicates a gassy
tube and it is indeed kaput.
On the other hand, a blue fluorescent glow on the mica supports or the
inside of the glass envelope indicates
a very high vacuum and a good tube.
This phenomenon was also apparent
in output tubes when it could be seen
fluctuating with the signal. It made
a very striking display with the nice
contrast between the (electric?) blue
of the discharge and the red glow of
the heaters or filaments. This pretty
display was probably the only advantage that valves ever had over
transistors!
Alan March,
via email.
Blue glow in valves
OK in some cases
In your reply to R. R., Ocean Reef,
WA, in the June 2003 issue, you state
that “Any valve with a blue discharge
is gassy – it’s kaput”.
This situation is generally the case
where the blue discharge is between
the elements of the valve. However, a
blue fluorescence on the glass which
pulses with the output and often seen
on the larger output valves such as
6L6-Gs, 807s and the like, is indicative
of a good valve with high vacuum. Less
common would be gas-filled rectifiers
such as the type 83 in which the gas
ionises during normal use.
John H. Wark,
via email.
Visions of
the future
Since buying a USB flash memory
card recently, I have been having
visions of the future while playing
with my new toy. The cost at present
is about $500 per Gigabyte. Soon it
will be $100/Gb. At first I imagined
booting up any computer with my
own data. But why not the operating
system as well?
All those bulky drives, CD, HD, etc,
are for the chop. Why not a 10cm cube
black box with power and the CPU, to
which peripherals can connect? These
could be spread all over the world.
Why not have all this in a flat-screen
monitor in homes, cafes, libraries,
offices, schools, telephone boxes,
transport, etc? Plug in your USB card
and you’re away! Costs would be small
and go automatically onto your credit
card. Sufficient security would be
provided by built-in voice operation.
Jim Jacobs,
SC
Engadine, NSW.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Order Form/Tax Invoice
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
PRICE GUIDE- Subscriptions
YOUR DETAILS
Your Name________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Organisation (if applicable)___________________________________________
Address__________________________________________________________
(all subscription prices INCLUDE P&P and GST on Aust.
orders)
Please state month to start.
Australia: 1 yr ....................$A69.50
1 yr + binder .....................$A83
NZ (air): 1 yr .....................$A77
Overseas (air): 1 yr ...........$A125
PRICE GUIDE- Other products
_________________________________________________________________
Postcode_____________ Daytime Phone No. (
)_____________________
Email address (if applicable) ___________________________________________
Method of Payment:
2 yrs .....................$A135
2 yrs + 2 binders ...$A159
2 yrs .....................$A145
2 yrs .....................$A250
(all prices INCLUDE GST on Aust. orders)
*SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES in stock: 10% discount for 10
or more issues. Australia: $A8.80 ea (including p&p by return
mail) Overseas: $A10 ea (inc. p&p by air).
*ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA: project photocopies, limited back
issues. Australia: $A8.80 ea (including p&p by return mail).
Overseas: $A10 ea (inc. p&p by air).
*BINDERS: BUY 5 or more and get them postage free.
(Available in Aust. only): $A12.95 ea plus $5.50 p&p.
Cheque/Money Order Bankcard Visa Card Master Card
Card No.
*SOFTWARE: $7.70 per item (project) plus $3.30 p&p per
order within Australia, $5.50 p&p per order elsewhere.
(Most software is available free on www.siliconchip.com.au)
*COMPUTER OMNIBUS: $A12.50 inc p&p Australia; NZ/Asia/
Pacific $A15.95 inc. p&p (air); elsewhere $18.95 inc. p&p (air).
*ELECTRONICS TESTBENCH: Aust. $A13.20; NZ/Asia/Pacific
$A15.95 inc. p&p (air); Elsewhere $18.95. (All prices inc. p&p).
Card expiry date
Signature_____________________________
*BOOKSHOP TITLES: Please refer to current issue of SILICON
CHIP for currently available titles and prices as these may vary
from month to month.
SUBSCRIBERS QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT ON ALL SILICON CHIP PRODUCTS AND SERVICES#
#except subscriptions/renewals and Internet access
Item
Price
Qty Item Description
P&P if
extra
Total
Price
Total $A
TO PLACE
YOUR
ORDER
Phone (02) 9979 5644
9am-5pm Mon-Fri
Please have your credit
card details ready
OR
Fax this form to
(02) 9979 6503
with your credit card details
24 hours 7 days a week
OR
Mail this form, with your
cheque/money order, to:
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW,
Australia 2097
* Special offer applies while stocks last.
03-01
OLED DISPLAYS –
Better than Plasma
or LCD!
By PETER SMITH
Flat panel displays come in two types: LCD and Plasma. Right? No, there’s
a third type just being introduced – the Organic LED, or OLED display. It is
brighter, has much better contrast, wider viewing angle, uses less power and
has faster response time. It looks set to take over as the flat panel display of
choice, for small appliances, computer monitors and large TV sets.
8 Silicon Chip
www.siliconchip.com.au
I
n 2002, OLED displays began to appear in small
consumer appliances like cameras and mobile phones.
The superiority of this new technology will ensure
that it replaces LCDs in many more applications within
the next few years. And that might just be the beginning!
What is an OLED?
Scientists have long known about the electrolumin-escence of organic crystals. Early attempts at generating light
with organic electroluminescent (EL) devices were not
developed past the experimental stage, as they required
high excitation voltages (upwards of 100V) and were very
power inefficient.
An important step in the evolutionary process began
with the use of thin-film organic layers. The first EL thinfilm device used a single organic layer sandwiched between
two injecting electrodes (Fig.1).
Operation of these single-layer devices is relatively straightforward.
When a voltage is applied
across the electrodes,
holes are injected from
the anode and electrons
from the cathode. These
carriers migrate through
the organic layer until
they meet and recombine
Fig.1: the first EL thin-film
to form an exciton. Redevice used a single
laxation from the excited
organic layer sandwiched
to ground states then
between two injecting
occurs, causing emission
electrodes.
of light.
Single-layer EL devices are impractical because of the
extremely accurate matching required between the electrodes and the organic material. Essentially, mismatching
results in carriers crossing the structure without combining
with an opposite sign, thus wasting energy.
In the latest James Bond movie
thriller, Die Another Day, the
hero shaves with a PhilipsNorelco Sensotec. This razor
has a Polymer-based OLED
display showing battery life
and shave-sensitivity settings.
When switched off, it acts as a
mirror! Photos: Philips
Technology breakthrough
K o d a k s c i e n t i s t s C h i n g T a n g a n d
Steve Van Slyke demonstrated an efficient, low-voltage
OLED for the first time in 1987. Their device used two
layers of organic thin-film material.
In the two-layer EL device, one layer is optimised for
hole injection and transport while the other is optimised
for electron injection & transport. In this way, each sign of
charge is blocked at the interface between layers, in effect
“waiting” until a partner is found.
Tang and Van Slyke also improved on the composition
Kodak’s EasyShare LS633 zoom digital camera, available in Australia this year, sports an AM550L 2.2" activematrix display. Kodak boasts that the display is so good that you don’t need a PC to own one! Photo: Kodak
www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 9
OK, so Kodak like the model! LCD
versus OLED: the advantages of
having a wide viewing angle are
clearly demonstrated in this shot.
Photo: Kodak
and construction of the EL cell, resulting in a bright, efficient device that operates on less than 10V.
Due to the monopolar nature of the organic layers, EL
devices conduct current in one direction only; in other
words, they behave like diodes, hence the common name
“OLEDs”.
In one and two-layer devices, the organic compounds
must perform two major functions. They must be luminescent as well as hole/electron transporters. By incorporating a third organic layer chosen specifically for
its luminescent qualities, researchers have been able to
further improve efficiencies by optimising each layer for
a specific function.
OLED structure
Fig.2 shows the physical structure of an RGB OLED
cell. A conductive, transparent anode material such at
indium-tin-oxide (ITO) is first deposited on a transparent
substrate. Next, the organic layers are added. Lastly, a
reflective metal cathode of magnesium-silver alloy or
lithium-aluminium completes the structure. Incredibly,
the thickness of the structure, minus the substrate, is only
about 300nm. This means that most of the total weight and
thickness is due to the substrate itself.
OLED types
To date, OLEDs can be divided into two groups, de-
Fig.2: the physical
structure of an
RGB OLED cell.
10 Silicon Chip
pending on the processes used to apply the thin-film
organic layers during manufacture. Small Molecular
OLEDs (SMOLEDs) use organic material with very small
molecular structures. This allows the layers to be built
using sophisticated vacuum vapour deposition.
On the other hand, Polymer OLEDs (Poly-OLEDs) utilise
organic polymers, which consist of much larger molecular
structures. These are commonly applied with simpler
solution processing (spin coating) methods.
Recent advances in chemical-resistant polymers have
also enabled traditional photolithography technichques
to be brought to bear. Inkjet printing methods have also
proved popular due to their high resolution and “on-thefly” design versatility.
OLEDs in colour
Using fluorescent dopants in the luminescent layers,
manufacturers have been able to produce OLEDs in many
colours, including the three primaries (red, green & blue).
White OLEDs are realised with the use of dual emitting
layers of complementary colours. By individual control
of the drive level to each layer, hue can be adjusted from
pale yellow to light blue.
OLED displays versus LCDs
Because of their small size and relatively high efficiency,
OLEDs are ideally suited for use in flat-panel displays.
Fig.3: passive-matrix OLED display
panel concept.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Liquid crystal display (LCD) technology is the current
leader in this area. So how do OLEDs stack up?
As you’ve probably guessed, OLED displays offer significant advantages over LCDs. Being self-luminous, they
require no backlighting. By contrast, LCDs require either
an external light source (reflective type) or a fluorescent or
LED backlight (transflective type). No backlighting means
OLED displays are smaller in size, use less power, weigh
less and cost less.
Their self-luminous nature is also responsible for two
other important advantages. First, they have a virtually
unlimited viewing angle (165°). LCDs, on the other hand,
are limited by the “aperture” effect. In addition, they
have very high brightness and contrast (>100:1). This is
something that LCDs can’t hope to match. A backlit LCD
typically looks “washed out” under bright light.
Equally importantly, OLED displays have almost instantaneous update speed. The response time of LCDs
has always been a problem, particularly when displaying
real-time video. The microsecond switching speeds of the
OLED has entirely eliminated this issue!
In summary, OLED displays have:
* High brightness and contrast
* Ultra-wide viewing angle
* No backlight required
* Thin, compact form factor
* Fast response time
* Low power consumption
Display types
In common with their LCD counterparts, OLED displays
are currently being manufactured in both active and passive types.
Passive-matrix display panels are typically created by
depositing the electrode material in a matrix of rows and
columns (Fig.3). An OLED is formed at the intersection
of each row and column line. Display electronics can
illuminate any OLED (pixel) in the array by driving the
appropriate row line and column line. A video image is
created by sequentially scanning through all rows and
columns, briefly switching on the pixels needed to display
a particular image. An entire display screen is scanned
(“refreshed”) in about 1/60 second.
Active-matrix displays use TFT (thin-film transistor)
technology. Every OLED cell is controlled by at least two
transistors. All transistors in the array are individually
addressable in a row/column format. However, unlike the
passive-matrix display, the transistor circuits retain the
state (on/off) and level (intensity) information programmed
by the display electronics. Therefore, the light output of
every pixel is controlled continuously, rather than being
“pulsed” with high currents just once per refresh cycle.
Active-matrix displays are considerably more expensive
than passive displays, but they boast brighter, sharper
images and use less power.
Monochrome (single colour) displays are generally of
the passive type. Full-colour displays may be either active
or passive. Similarly to other display technologies, the full
colour spectrum is generated by modulating individual
red, blue and green OLED cells positioned side-by-side
in a “triad” arrangement.
Universal Display Corp. has recently announced a different architecture for full-colour display. In their Stacked
www.siliconchip.com.au
Prototype of a highresolution, fullcolour passivematrix PolyLED
display, fabricated
with inkjet printing
techniques. Photo:
Philips Research.
OLED (SOLED), they stack red, green and blue sub-pixels
on top of one another instead of next to one another. This
provides a three-fold increase in display resolution and
enhances picture quality.
Availability
Researchers still have a lot of work to do before OLED
displays are ready for the majority of mainstream applications. Of particular concern is the longevity and intensity
of the light-emitting layers. In addition, manufacturing
methods need to be improved in order to produce high
yields at low costs.
Small passive-matrix OLED displays can already be
found in many consumer items, such as mobile phones,
hand-held games, music systems and in-car instrumentation.
Kodak and Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd., produced the first
full-colour 2.4" active-matrix OLED display in 1999. Less
than a year later, they produced a larger, 5.5" model, and
in 2002 demonstrated a 15" display. Since then, at least
one manufacturer has demonstrated a 19" full-colour
display.
The first commercially available active-matrix display
is to be found in Kodak’s new EasyShare LS633 zoom
digital camera, available in Australia this year (see
photos).
Where to next?
According to some sources, more than 80 companies
and universities around the world are involved in OLED
research. Clearly, there is a great deal of interest and much
potential in this new technology.
For example, several companies have recently demonstrated highly flexible display panels fabricated on plastic
substrates. Apart from making panels much more robust,
this breakthrough could also allow very cheap mass production, where displays are produced in a roll-to-roll,
printed medium style.
Yet another discovery involves the use of non-metallic
transparent anodes. Manufacturers will soon be able to
make OLED panels that are over 85% transparent (when
not active). The applications are mind-boggling!
More reading
This web page has a list of useful links to OLED researchers and manufacturers: www.chipcenter.com/eexpert/
SC
dbraun/main.html
August 2003 11
Even though it has been around for twenty years or more,
X10 and Home Automation are terms you may not have come
across yet – but ones you’ll be hearing a lot more about in the
(near) future. And what is X10, anyway?
J
tomation equipment has been around for a while but by
ust the other day, I was reading a newspaper article
and large, it has certainly been the light hidden under the
which said that home automation would never catch
bushel. And it’s all been too mysterious, too hard.
on in Australia because no-one could agree on a
standard – sort of the old VHS vs Beta or Windows Vs
Perhaps the writer had also never heard of X10 – the
technology which has arguably already
Mac thing again.
I reckon the writer was half right – but
become the de-facto standard, with a
By ROSS TESTER
for totally the wrong reason. Home Auwhole lot of equipment available right
This diagram gives some idea of the applications you can put home automation to. The rest, as they say in the classics, are
limited only by your imagination. (Courtesy of EON3).
12 Silicon Chip
www.siliconchip.com.au
now to automate your home as much (or as little) as you
want.
Sure, there are plenty of other “standards” being espoused by their various manufacturers. Some use variations of X10, others are orphans of their manufacturer’s
making.
But worldwide, the one that seems to have caught on
is X10.
X10 is actually a technical standard which specifies
how digital control signals are superimposed onto your
existing house (mains) wiring. Manufacturers and suppliers marketing equipment which operate to this standard
simply call them X10 devices.
Whatever operates from power (even via a plugpack) can
be automated. This can be total automation, where your
personal computer is programmed to feed those control
signals you’re wanting into your power wiring, or it can
be totally manual, using infrared or RF control units to
link you, the user, to the X10 control system. Or it can be
anything in between.
And with 256 “addresses” available, you’re gonna run
out of things to control long before the X10 system uses
up its capabilities! For more information on X10, see the
separate panel “So what is X10 all about anyway?”.
X10 is not particularly new – it’s been around for more
than twenty years and many manufacturers around the
world have picked up on it. By and large, though, home
automation products have been aimed at installers – sparkies, in particular – so that they can on-sell the systems AND
install them, especially during new home construction or
renovation.
Perhaps that has been another reason why home automation hasn’t really caught on yet: there hasn’t been an
extensive D-I-Y range available or mass-marketed (and
before someone jumps down our throats for that remark,
think about how many adverts you have seen for home
automation products that you can install yourself).
That is all about to change. We are specifically looking
at the EON3 system, a true “end user” application that
simply plugs in to existing wall outlets, so anyone can
buy and install it. True, that makes it only applicable to
plug-in appliances and devices – if you want to fit it to
your permanent room lighting you’ll still need add-on
devices intended for the purpose and an electrician.
That aside, there are many, many devices in the home
which are “plug in” and are ideal candidates for home
automation.
Such as? Heaters, lamps, many air cons, security sys-
tems, kitchen appliances (eg, the kettle for the morning
cuppa), entertainment systems . . . the list really does go
on and on.
Incidentally, the EON3 system is available through Dick
Smith Electronics, who kindly arranged the bits and pieces
for us to have a play (we understand that the system is set
up in the DSE PowerHouse stores so you can have your
own play!).
Home automation?
First, we perhaps should look at that term “home automation” and what it means – and more importantly, what
it can do for you.
And before I get accused of plagiarism, I’m unashamedly
quoting almost verbatim from an EON3 brochure here –
because they have obviously put a lot of thought, time and
effort into the whole subject. (We’ll look at EON3 itself
much more closely in a moment).
Imagine... a remote control that operates your
lights, the temperature inside your home, your front
door lock, in fact all of your electrical appliances.
Imagine... living in a fully automated home where
the electrical devices respond to your voice.
Imagine... being able to turn on your air conditioner
while driving home from work, unlocking the security system as you round the corner, and having your
favourite track of music playing as you step through
the front door.
Imagine no longer... Eon3 is here . It’s highly affordable, it’s simple to use and it’s fun... you can control
your lights, security system and other appliances from
a single remote control, through your home or office
computer, even by voice.
Lights and sound can be timed to operate as if
someone is home, even while you’re on holiday. A
video link to your work computer enables you to
keep an eye on your home and children, when you’re
miles away.
The elderly and disabled will feel safer and more
secure. A simple press on a pendant can turn on all
the lights in the house and call a family member or
neighbour.
Eon3 will change the way you live, leaving you time
and energy to enjoy all the good things of life. That’s if
you can stop playing with the Eon3 system.
I like that last comment, because it is true. We’ve had
various Eon3 system components here for a couple of
weeks now and I for one can’t stop playing with them!
“
”
In a nutshell, the computer tells the appropriate appliances when to turn on or off, via code sent via the very power
wiring to which that appliance is connected. The computer knows because YOU have told it when YOU want it to issue
those commands.
www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 13
A selection of X10 Home Automation gear from EON3 (available at Dick Smith Electronics). At left is the Computer Kit
(including CD-ROM) which allows your computer to control any X10 gear. Centre is the Lighting Kit, along with a goanywhere (no wiring) switch panel and a PIR module. At right is the Home Theatre automation kit with the lighting kit
X10 lamp adaptor.
And that comment about voice control is right – just
say “dim living room lights to thirty percent” and the
living room lights will dim to (surprise!!!) 30%. Hey, this
is pretty nifty stuff!
So home automation can be whatever you want it to be. It
can be as large a system as you require (or your budget will
allow) or it can be a single unit operating just one device.
Incidentally, you’ve probably seen adverts for all sorts
of home automation devices already available (and have
been for some time): air conditioners that you can set by
phoning them up, remotely controlled security systems,
webcams that react to intruders and alert you at work –
there are many examples.
Not all operate on the X10 standard, though many do.
Many still require separate (Cat 5?) data cabling to get the
commands from point to point. Perhaps that’s what the
newspaper article was alluding to about incompatibilities.
Control anything
The main feature of X10 is that it allows virtually anything to be controlled – and controlled in the way you want
it to be. We’re not just talking on/off here: as the example
above showed, we can be talking lights dimming to whatever levels you want. Heating/cooling systems setting the
comfort levels you want. Music playing at whatever level
you want. Blinds or shutters opening and closing to whatever position you want. Your home theatre or AV system
running the program you want, at the volume level you
want, at the time you want – even automatically muting if
the phone rings. Want to switch TV channels? No problem.
14 Silicon Chip
We could go on and on here: suffice to say that anything
capable of being switched on/off or set to a specific level,
is a candidate for home automation. I don’t think there is
much that doesn’t fall into those categories!
In the ultimate system, everything in your home could be
automated. And indeed, one day (probably sooner rather
than later) could well be.
We’ve looked at a number of websites while preparing
this feature. Already they are saying that homes without
built-in automation are passe; that they’ll be harder to sell
in the future. Over-enthusiastic copywriters? Perhaps. But
they were saying the same things about ensuites twenty
years ago!
What if you don’t want something automated? What
if you prefer to have it (whatever “it” is) operate totally
under your control?
Again, no problem: even if automated, you still retain
total control. You can override what the computer is telling the device to do. (Of course, it’s only telling it to do it
because you told the computer that’s what you wanted it
to do in the first place . . .)
Just how easy is it?
For a start, you don’t need a computer (no, we are not
contradicting what we just said. All will be revealed). All
you need is an X10 device which is capable of sending the
appropriate signals and a receiver which picks up those
codes from the power line and activates . . . whatever.
A good example is the EON3 Home Automation Lighting
Kit. This is very much a “startup” kit, an easy and low
www.siliconchip.com.au
cost way to get into home automation if you like, which
can be installed in – literally – a couple of seconds. It
contains a 10-button credit-card sized RF remote control,
a transceiver module (which translates the RF signals into
powerline signals) and a socket module which plugs into
any standard (bayonet cap) incandescent light socket with
the bulb itself plugging back into the module.
You simply plug the transceiver module into any wall
socket; plug the socket module into the lamp socket, reinsert the bulb and turn power on to both. Pressing the
appropriate on and off buttons on the remote control will
now turn the lamp on and off. (This assumes they are on
the same phase; in the vast majority of home installations
they will be. If they are not, there are ways around the
problem).
As a bonus the transceiver module itself contains a 3-pin
mains outlet and doubles as an appliance module, so you
can control, say, a kettle, coffee maker, electric blanket,
other (plug-in) lamps, TV set . . . whatever you want!
It really is that simple. But it can be so much more. This
kit can be the start of a complete home automation system,
simply by adding the bits you need.
For instance, there is a “Stick-A-Switch” remote wall
switch which, as its name suggests, simply sticks to any
wall surface using (supplied) self-adhesive pads. It is about
the same size as a conventional wall plate switch but has
three on/off switches and one bright/dim switch. It can
switch the same light as fitted to the socket module or
can switch other lights fitted with appropriate receivers.
Just think of the wiring hassles that would solve!
Another EON3 kit is the Home Automation Theatre Kit.
Instead of the little remote, this one has an 8-in-1 universal
remote control which can be used to control all of your
audio/video equipment as well as lighting and other mains
controlled appliances throughout your home. It contains
a transceiver module (like the lighting kit) but instead of
the socket module it has a lamp module which can be
individually programmed and addressed.
Again, though, installation should take no more than
a few seconds – and this kit too can be added to just as
much as you wish.
Computer Control
Now we’re talking (or controlling!)
The Home Automation Computer Kit contains not just
a lamp module and appliance module as detailed above
but a computer module which is the interface between
your computer and the power line (it can also work as an
independent programmable controller).
Most importantly, though, this kit contains (on CD-ROM)
a program called “Activehome” which allows you to set
up your own command schedules to do, well, whatever
you want it to do.
Once again, anything that can be switched on or off or
have its level changed can be controlled. We’ve shown a
couple of screen grabs of this Windows software which
we found delightfully simple to use.
One point to watch, though: the Computer Module
links via an RS232 port. These days, that shouldn’t be
a problem because most modern computers have spare
RS232 ports (inbuilt modems and PS2 meeces have seen
to that). Unfortunately, not the computer I first tried: it
had an external modem and serial mouse so I had no ports
www.siliconchip.com.au
Screen grabs from the ActiveHome Home Automation software. They even give you step-by-step fitting instructions!
available (yeah, I know, the computer is an old clunker
which should have been pensioned off years ago!).
Swapping over to a new PC cured that problem very
easily – but it is something to keep in mind if you want
to put an old PC into service.
HAL
We noticed in the EON3 brochure that the voice controlled software for the system is called HAL2000. The
delicious symbolism of this name won’t be lost, I’m sure,
on anyone who has seen Kubrick’s classic, “2001: A Space
Odyssey”!
Remember the astronauts talking to HAL, in plain English? Well, that’s exactly what you do here: “HAL, change
the bedroom TV set to Channel Seven . . .” and HAL does
it. We just hope that HAL doesn’t lock the front and back
doors on you when you go to put out the rubbish bin . . .
Add-ons
Of course, HAL is but one of a myriad of add-ons available for the EON3 system. There are all sorts of modules
designed to do all sorts of things: interfaces to the real
world, telepone line interfaces, timers, security controllers,
video cameras, video senders, remote control extenders .
. . et cetera, et cetera.
Many of these devices, however, are designed to operate
fixed wiring devices in and outside the home (eg, room
lighting, built-in air conditioners, ovens, pool/spa heaters
and pumps, etc).
That means, of course, that an electrician will be needed
to wire these devices in, because it is illegal to do your
own wiring in Australia. Having said that, we return to
the statement we made at the opening: EON3 has more
than enough plug-in bits and pieces to keep you amused
for days – and you CAN install these yourself.
Conclusion
Home Automation has arrived in a big way. As we said
before, EON3 isn’t the only system around. But it is here,
it is now, and it is for the do-it-yourselfer. And it’s fun!
Thanks to Dick Smith Electronics for the chance to play
with the EON3 Home Automation gear!
August 2003 15
So what is X10 all about, anyway?
Believe it or not, X10 really does stand for “Experiment
10”. Back in the 1970s, a Scottish company, Pico Electronics Ltd, was developing ICs for the growing calculator
market. Each time they launched a new project, they
gave it a number, which they called “experiement”. Their
shorthand was to call their experiments X-1, X-2, and so
on, up to X-8.
Then, around 1978, British Sound Reproduction (BSR)
asked Pico to develop an IC to operate their programmable
record changer (X-9). Then BSR wanted a wireless method
of remote control – which Pico labelled X-10.
This evolved, around the middle of 1979, into a system
which sent control pulses through the mains wiring. X-10
was born – even though for some time it was known as
BSR System X-10 and X-10 Powerhouse. Somewhere
along the line the dash was dropped and it became X10.
Zero-Crossing Sync
X10 relies on a fairly simple data frame with a predetermined start code followed by two sets of data bits. That
part, certainly, is not rocket science.
What makes X10 work is the way it is synchronised
with the zero-crossing point of the 50Hz mains AC waveform (in both positive and negative directions). As there
is no “data” wiring between devices, each device has a
zero-crossing detector so that it knows exactly when the
waveform is at zero volts.
Almost immediately after this moment, it examines the
waveform to see if there is a high-frequency pulse, usually
120kHz, also present. As you know, one cycle of the 50Hz
mains voltage is 20ms long. But the X10 device looks for
just 0.6ms of this period. (The actual transmitted pulse
should be 1ms long, allowing a margin for error).
If a pulse is detected, it then looks at the next zero-crossing point for another pulse. A pulse followed by no
pulse is taken to be a binary “1”, while no pulse followed
by a pulse is taken to be binary level “0”
The code
But wait a minute: doesn’t that mean that a binary 1
could be confused with a binary 0?
No, because X10 also looks for two other things: at
least 6 zero-crossings without pulses (or 000000), followed
by a start code sequence of pulse, pulse, pulse, no pulse
(or 1110).
Immediately after the start code, a letter code data
is sent – 4 bits of either 1’s or 0’s which correspond to
the letters A-P. Immediately following this, a number or
function code is sent – 5 more bits which correspond to
the numbers 1-16.
Now if you multiply 16 by 16, you should come up with
16 Silicon Chip
256 – which (not) coincidentally is the number of addresses
possible under the X10 system.
This whole code sequence (start code, letter code,
number code) is (or should be) sent twice for reliability. So
the complete X10 data transmission will occupy 47 cycles,
or the best part of one second. It is quite possible, even
probable, that the X10 receiver will correctly receive the
first half of the code and react in well under a second. But
there is always some lag between the action of sending a
code sequence and the receiver’s reaction.
Before any new data is sent (eg, a different command),
there must be at least six “empty” zero-crossings (three
cycles).
50Hz vs 60Hz and 310MHz vs 433MHz
In Australia and much of Europe, we use a mains
frequency of 50Hz. North America, which has been (by
far) the largest market and had the largest development of
X10 devices, uses 60Hz. It also (generally) uses a mains
of 110V compared to our 240V.
So will US X10 devices work in Australia and vice
versa? Umm – maybe. First of all, the X10 specification
doesn’t care too much about supply voltages – so that
shouldn’t be a drama. But the 50Hz vs 60Hz may be a
problem. The reason is that mains is generated in three
phases and X10 is theoretically supposed to work across
phases. (Note that – theoretically!).
Therefore, it is not just looking for a signal at the zero
crossing point of an AC waveform – if it was, that would
be fine. But it is also looking for a signals at specific points
in the AC waveform which would correspond to the zero
crossing points of the other two phases. And they are
obviously different for 50Hz and 60Hz.
What does all this mean?
While US prices of X10 equipment are often significantly lower than Australian (it’s mostly to do with volumes
and size of market), you would be better off buying X10
equipment designed for our 50Hz system.Yes, you can buy
controllers which automatically detect frequency – but they
cost more and are probably not worth the hassle.
One final point: a lot of the wireless data equipment in
the US operates on 310MHz (or thereabouts) whereas the
Australian LIPD approved band is around 433MHz. Most
433MHz X10 equipment from various suppliers should
be compatible; mixing 310MHz and 433MHz certainly will
NOT be.
Want more reading? Google X10 and you’ll be
swamped (mainly by manufacturers or suppliers).
You could try http://www.geocities.com/ido
SC
bartana/toc.htm – it’s a great place to start.
www.siliconchip.com.au
product review . . . by PETER SMITH
Atlas LCR Passive
Component
Analyser
hooking up the test leads. In
addition, a low test current of
3mA means that you can safely
measure (most) components
in-circuit.
Of
course, in-circuit measureDo you need a quick and easy
ment is not always possible or
way to measure resistors,
practical and in fact, the manufacturers do not recommend in-circapacitors and inductors?
cuit testing, because the readings
Well, this little gem from Peak
may be misleading.
might be just what you’ve
Note that capacitors must be fully
discharged
before connection to
been looking for!
the test leads. The instrument will
refuse to perform
ompound instruments that
a measurement if
can measure inductance,
it detects voltage
capacitance and resistance find
and displays an
1µH to 10H inductance (±1% ±0.8µH accuracy)
many uses in a typical electronics
error message in0.4pF to 10µF capacitance at ±1% ±0.3pF accuracy)
workshop. They can help you to
stead. We’ve no
1Ω to 2MΩ resistance at (±1% ±0.6Ω accuracy)
decipher an unreadable code on a
doubt that a capaccomponent, or select a specific value
itor charged to a
component from within a tolerance
high voltage level
The front panel consist only of two
band.
would destroy the instrument (and
pushbuttons and a 16-character, twoThey’re also very useful when
void the warranty!).
line liquid crystal display.
you want to fine-tune your carefully
Calibration
crafted inductor, current shunt or
Making measurements
the like. And of course, they can
Probe compensation (nulling) can
Measuring a component is as
quickly tell you if the value of a
be performed at any time by holdsimple as hooking up the clips and
component is what it’s supposed
ing down the “on–test” button and
pressing the “on-test” button. The
to be.
short-ing the clips together. This is
instrument switches on, and after a
Traditionally, instruments with
generally only necessary before measshort delay (which can be avoided by
sufficient accuracy and range to
uring low inductances (<10µH) and
pressing the button again), the comperform all of these functions well
resistances (<10Ω) or after swapping
ponent is automatically identified,
have been expensive and difficult to
probes.
measured and the value displayed.
use. Peak Electronic Design appear
For inductance measurements, a
Impressions
to have satisfied all of these requiretest
frequency of 1kHz, 15kHz or
ments with their Atlas LCR Passive
This is definitely a “user-friend200kHz is selected automatically
Component Analyser.
ly” instrument. With its two-button
according to size. The test frequenoperation, 1% basic accuracy and
cy used, as well as the inductor’s
Metrics
relatively low price, Peak has deDC resistance can be displayed by
Unlike bench-top LCR bridge
vised a highly practical piece of test
scrolling down with the “scroll-off”
meters, this little beauty is batgear that would be welcome in any
button.
tery-powered and fits in the palm
workshop.
For capacitor measurements, the
of your hand. It is supplied with a
instrument uses AC impedance
Where to get one
short, wired-in test cable terminated
analysis for values less than 1uF
with two small hook clips. These are
The Atlas LCR Passive Component
and DC transient analysis for larger
suitable for measuring most leaded
Analyser can be purchased directly
values. Again, the test frequency is
components.
from the manufacturers in the UK:
determined automatically and can
The clips are attached to the wire
www.peakelec.co.uk
be displayed by hitting “scroll–off”.
ends via a simple pin & socket arPrice, including shipping (airmail)
As the test voltage used is only
rangement, allowing replacement
& 12 months warranty is £77.23. At
about 1V, is it usually unnecessary to
with longer reach clips or tweezers for
the exchange rate current at the time
worry about the polarity of tantalum
surface-mount device measurement
of writing this review, that is equivaand electrolytic capacitors when
(optional extras).
SC
lent to about $AU193.
C
www.siliconchip.com.au
Ranges:
August 2003 17
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
Play DVDs and MP3s on your PC
via infrared remote control!
PC Infrared
Remote Receiver
Dedicated DVD players come with full remote
control. Now you can have remote control for
the DVD player in your PC with this easy-tobuild unit.
S
INCE THE PUBLICATION of our
MP3 Jukebox back in October
2001, we’ve had many requests
for a similar remote control system
for DVD players. This time around
though, we’ve dispensed with the
liquid crystal display in favour of onscreen display (OSD) and designed a
simpler, lower-cost infrared receiver.
Like the previous design, this unit
hooks up to a free serial port and can
be installed inside your PC or mounted
externally. It even includes the ability
to power up your PC remotely!
In conjunction with free Windows
remote control software, it can be used
to drive a popular DVD player (Win
DVD 4 or 5) and MP3 player (Winamp
3). In fact, if you’re a keen programmer,
you can set it up to control just about
any Windows application you
desire.
Project overview
The hardware part of the project consists of a single, small PC
board that receives and decodes infrared transmissions from a remote
control handpiece.
Most off-the-shelf universal remotes
can be set up to work with the receiver.
In addition, we’ve included specific
support for Sony Playstation remotes,
as they include all the function keys
necessary to simplify DVD player
control.
After processing by an on-board
microcontroller, received key presses
are transmitted to your PC via a simple
serial port connection.
If installed inside a PC, the receiver
can be powered from the motherboard’s Wake-on-LAN (WOL) connector, enabling it to “wake up” the
PC from sleep mode on reception of a
pre-programmed infrared command.
It can also be mounted in a small
project case and powered from a
plugpack if so desired. This may be
more practical in cases where the PC
system unit is on the floor or hidden
behind a desk.
Key codes received on the serial port
connection are interpreted and acted
on by a program called “Girder”. This
unusually named software package
is probably one of the most versatile
remote control packages of its kind.
It can be programmed to perform just
about any action within the Windows
environment based on events from a
variety of sources.
Playing DVDs
With DVD players now available at
rock-bottom prices, why would you
want one on your PC? Well, PC-based
players allow you to do all sorts of
things that you can’t do on stand-alone
units, like capturing frames and creating playlists.
On the other hand, perhaps you
By PETER SMITH
22 Silicon Chip
www.siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the design is based around an Atmel AT90S2313 microcontroller (IC1),
supported by an infrared receiver & demodulator (IC3) and an RS232 receiver/
driver (IC2). IC4 resets the microcontroller when the supply voltage is too low.
eat and sleep next to your PC and it’s
the convenience factor that you find
attractive! Whatever the reason, it’s a
fact that most new PCs are shipped
with CD-ROM drives that can read
DVD discs. All that’s required (in most
cases) to play a DVD is the addition of
a software player package.
For use with the infrared receiver,
we’ve selected WinDVD, reputedly
the most popular software DVD player around. If comes pre-installed on
many name-brand PCs, or can be purchased in retail shops or on the Internet at www.intervideo.com Note that
only versions 4 & 5 are guaranteed to
work with our remote control software.
If you’re thinking of purchasing
on-line, then it’s a good idea to “try
before you buy”. A fully functional
www.siliconchip.com.au
evaluation version is available that
will work for 14 days from date of
installation. Minimum hardware and
software requirements are all listed on
InterVideo’s web site.
during the installation processes.
Remote-controlling Windows
Conventional Windows applications expect to receive their instruc-
Playing MP3s
The best (we think) and cheapest
(it’s free) MP3 player in the universe is
Winamp 3, so it was an obvious choice
for this project. You can download
it from Nullsoft’s web site at www.
winamp.com
Note: we recommend that you
install your player software and
check that it is working properly before attempting any other
part of this project. Be sure
to load the software into the
default directories suggested
August 2003 23
How it works
Fig.2: follow this diagram to build the receiver module. Take care with the
orientation of the two ICs , diodes D1 & D2 & the electrolytic capacitors.
tions from the mouse and keyboard.
For example, to start Winamp playing,
a mouse click on the “play” button is
required. The trick is to augment this
behaviour so that a press on a remote
control’s “play” button does the same
thing.
This is where Girder comes in. Girder
can translate events from any number
of sources, including commands from
an infrared remote, into actions that any
application can understand.
Girder is designed to be all-purpose,
so it’s not supplied pre-programmed
for any particular application. Our job
was to program Girder to work with
WinDVD and Winamp in conjunction
with a number of popular remote control handpieces.
Once Girder is programmed with
the necessary instructions, the results
can be saved to disk in a file (called
a “group” file, with an extension of
“.GML”) for easy recall later. The
group files we’ve created for WinDVD
and Winamp can be downloaded from
the Silicon Chip website but more on
that later.
remotes, we can not guarantee that all
models will work well with the key
assignments that we’ve programmed
(see Tables 1 & 2).
For best results, use one of the
specified remote controls. Doing so
means that you won’t have to poke
around inside Girder to reassign keys
codes – something that we’d probably only recommend to those with
a good understanding of Windows
programming!
OK, by now you should have some
idea of how everything hangs together.
Before assembling the hardware, let’s
have a closer look at what makes it tick.
Infrared remotes
The infrared receiver module is
designed to work with any “universal” type remote control – see panel
entitled “About Infrared Remotes” in
this article for all the details.
It’s important to note that because
the function keys vary widely between
24 Silicon Chip
Fig.3: this is the full-size etching
pattern for the PC board. Check
your board carefully before installing the parts.
Fig.1 reveals a simple but effective
design based around an Atmel microcontroller (IC1). This is supported by
an infrared receiver & demodulator
(IC3), an RS232 receiver/driver (IC2), an
MC34064 undervoltage sensor (IC4) and
a power supply (D1, D2 & REG1). Power
can be provided from either a 9-12V DC
source or a 5V DC source.
The 9-12V input (CON2) should
be used in all cases except when the
module is mounted inside your PC and
you want to use the remote power-up
function (see below). This input can be
powered either by an unregulated 9V
DC plugpack (freestanding unit) or a
spare disk drive connector from the PC
power supply (internally mounted).
Reverse-polarity protection is provided by diode D1. Following this, a
100µF capacitor provides some filtering upstream of a 78L05 3-terminal
regulator (REG1). The regulator output
provides the +5V supply rail for the
circuit.
Remote power-up
Some constructors have noticed
that this function stops working
after switching power on and off a
number of times. Traced to EEPROM
corruption during brownout of the
+5V supply to IC1.
To fix this, mount an MC34064P-5
(Altronics Z-7252/Farnell 703-709)
undervoltage sensing IP on the bottom (copper) side of the PC as shown
on page 98 of Nov 2013; This should
be done after all components have
been installed.
Slip a short length of heatshrink
tubing over the GND lead of the IC
before soldering it. This ensures that
the GND and +5V leads can't short together. This modification only needs
to be done if you're using the remote
power-up function.
Alternatively, to make use of the
remote power-up function, +5V
standby power must be applied to the
CON3 input. This is sourced from the
motherboard’s Wake-on-LAN (WOL)
connector and is present whenever
AC power is present.
All ATX (ACPI 2.1 compliant) motherboards we’ve seen have a 3-pin, single-row header for the WOL function.
Two pins provide the standby power
output (+5VSB and GND), while a
third (SENSE) is a digital input. This
pin can be driven high to bring the PC
out of power-down or sleep modes.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Although originally designed for use
with PCI networking cards, the WOL
function is rarely used on home/small
office machines.
Back on the receiver board, the +5V
standby power input is reverse-polarity protected by D2. We’ve used a
Schottky diode for this circuit rather
than a rectifier diode to minimise
forward voltage losses.
Additional filtering of the +5V rail
is required for the sensitive analog circuitry inside IC3. This is provided by a
33Ω resistor and 47µF capacitor, which
together form a simple low-pass filter.
The PC IR Receiver module was mounted
on an aluminium plate and attached to a
cut-down 3.5-inch drive mounting bracket.
This assembly was then attached to a plastic
blanking plate, with holes drilled for the IR
receiver and acknowledge LED. Note: the
prototype PC board shown here
differs from the final version
shown in Fig.2.
Infrared reception
IC3 contains all of the circuitry
necessary to receive and demodulate
the remote’s 38kHz (±2kHz) infrared
transmission. The recovered digital
signal appears on pin 1 and is piped
directly into the microcontroller (IC1)
on pin 17.
The microcontroller decodes the
serial stream in accordance with either
the Philips RC5 or Sony SIRCS protocol definitions. Switching between
the two protocols is performed “on the
fly”, based on information in the first
part of the received data.
Each “chunk” of data from the infrared remote contains both a code for the
key pressed and an equipment address
(VCR, TV, CD, etc). This is packaged
with a synchronisation (start) byte and
a checksum byte and then transmitted
out the micro’s TXD line (pin 3).
IC2 converts the transmitted data
from TTL signal levels to ±10V (nominal) RS232 levels, after which it
appears on the D-9 connector (CON1)
at pin 2.
Each time the micro receives a key
press from the remote, it flashes the
“Ack” LED by driving pin 15 low for
about 100ms.
Assembling the IR receiver
All parts mount on a small PC board,
coded 07108031. Using the overlay
diagram in Fig.2 as a guide, begin by
installing the single wire link using
tinned copper wire. Follow up with the
four resistors and two diodes (D1 & D2).
Next, install the two sockets for
IC1 and IC2. These go in opposite
ways around, so be sure that you have
the pin 1 (notched) ends oriented as
shown. Don’t plug in the ICs just yet,
though. Leave them out until you’re
ready to test the completed unit.
The crystal (X1) can go in next. It
www.siliconchip.com.au
The completed unit slots into a spare drive bay on your PC or can be used as a
freestanding module.
mounts horizontally, so bend the leads
at 90° (about 2mm from the body) before soldering it into position. To hold
it firmly in place, solder a short length
of tinned copper wire to the top edge
of the can and the pad directly below.
Install all of the capacitors next,
aligning the positive leads of the three
electrolytics as indicated by the “+”
marking on the overlay.
All remaining parts except for the
LED and infrared receiver (IC3) can be
installed next. LED1 and IC3 should
be set aside until you’ve devised a
mounting method for the module.
You’ll then be able to gauge the required lead length and bend needed
to position both devices so that they
protrude through any panelwork.
Note: the microcontroller (IC1) must
be programmed before it can be used
in this project. If you’ve purchased a
kit, then this will already have been
done. However, if you’re sourcing all
the parts yourself, then you’ll need
to either buy a pre-programmed microcontroller or program a “blank”
device yourself. The microcontroller
program file (IRR.HEX) can be down
loaded from the Silicon Chip web site.
Pre-programmed microc ontrollers
(and PC boards) are available from
RCS Radio, phone (02) 9738 0330.
Installing the module
The small size of the receiver board
August 2003 25
Fig.4: you can use an off-the-shelf
“pin-to-pin” cable for the serial port
connection or make your own using
the connections shown here.
Fig.5: if you’re mounting the module inside your PC
but don’t need the power-up function, then make up
this cable for connection to a spare disk drive power
socket.
Cat. XC-4630) if your PC has a spare
5.25-inch drive bay.
Another option might be to attach it
to a convenient spot on the metalwork
behind the case cover. It all depends
on the design of your case as well
as how much time you’re willing to
spend to make the result look “original
equipment”!
Note: all tracks (including ground)
on the rear of the PC board must be
isolated from the PCs metal casing.
Use non-metallic brackets, nylon/plastic stand-offs or some other method to
ensure isolation.
Don’t want to fiddle around inside
your PC? Well, you can also install the
module in a small instrument case and
power it from a 9V DC plugpack. This
method offers the advantage of being
able to position the unit anywhere in
your room!
Whatever mounting method you
choose, the hole for the infrared receiver (IC3) must be drilled a little
larger than the bump on the package
so that the lens is not obscured. The
receiver lens should then be positioned inside the hole, with the body
of the package flush with the rear of
the panelwork.
In addition, light from the LED must
not illuminate the infrared receiver, as
this will interfere with its operation
in low-light situations.
Serial cabling
Fig.6: to use the remote powerup function, you must power
the module from the
motherboard’s WOL header.
Here’s how to wire up the
necessary cable. Keep the length
as short as possible and twist
the three wires tightly together.
will allow it to fit comfortably behind
a 3.5-inch or 5.25-inch drive-bay
blanking plate. A right angle bracket
attached to the 3mm holes on the PC
26 Silicon Chip
Fig.7: if you’re building
a freestanding unit, then
power the unit from a 9V DC
plugpack. You’ll need a
panel-mount DC socket for
the plugpack connection,
wired up as shown here.
board is one possible mounting meth
od (see photos).
It could also be fitted to a 3.5-inch
to 5.25-inch drive adapter (eg, Jaycar
For connection between the module
and your PC’s serial port, you’ll need
a D-9 male to D-9 female “pin-to-pin”
cable. If you’re making the cable yourself refer to Fig.4 for the wiring details.
For internally mounted modules,
the cable must be routed out through
the rear of the case in order to connect
to one of the external 9-pin serial
port connectors. The quickest way to
achieve this is to remove one of the
brackets adjacent to the PCI expansion bus and feed the serial cable out
through the exposed slot.
Note that ready-made serial cables
with large moulded backshells may not
fit through the slot. In this case, you can
cut the (male connector) end off and
replace it with your own D-9 solder
type connector, without a backshell.
Alternatively, make up a cable using
IDC-style connectors & IDC cable. This
method works well, because you can
route the cable neatly inside the case
and only make it as long as it needs
to be.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Power cabling
As mentioned previously, internally
mounted modules can be powered
from either a spare disk drive power
connector (Fig.5) or the motherboard’s
Wake-on-LAN (WOL) connector
(Fig.6). The latter connection is required in order to use the remote
power-up function.
The motherboard WOL header is
generally of the 2mm-pitch variety.
Unfortunately, sockets to mate with
these high-density headers are not
currently available from the usual kit
suppliers.
We made ours up from a WOL cable
that was supplied with a PCI network
card. You may be able to score one of
these from your local PC equipment
installer. Alternatively, a 2mm-pitch
socket for unshrouded type headers
is available from Farnell Electronic
Components, Cat. 672-300.
Note: the WOL header (and some
parts of the motherboard circuitry) are
live whenever AC power is applied.
Disconnect AC power from you PC
before connecting/disconnecting cables or inserting/removing PCI cards.
Refer to your motherboard manual
for the location of the header and the
position of pin 1.
Setting up and testing
Check that jumper JP1 is set according to the power source that you’ve
chosen and remove jumpers JP2 &
JP3 if you fitted them earlier. Now
apply power and reach for your trusty
multimeter.
The following measurements are
all made with the negative probe
connected to any convenient ground
point (the negative side of the 10µF
or 47µF capacitors, for example). If
the module is powered from the WOL
header, then the voltage drop across
D2 will reduce all of the readings by
at least 0.4V.
With your meter set to read volts,
measure at pin 20 of IC1 and pin 16
of IC2. Both readings should be about
+5V. That done, measure pins 2 and 6
of IC2. These readings should be about
+9.5V and -9.4V, respectively.
OK, let’s check out the infrared
receiver section. First, set up your
infrared remote as per the instructions
in the “About Infrared Remotes” panel.
Now point your remote at the infrared
receiver and press any key. The “Ack”
LED should flash each time a key is
pressed.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
1 PC board coded 07108031,
47mm x 59mm
1 3-way 2.54mm SIL header
(JP1)
2 2-way 2.54mm SIL headers
(JP2, JP3)
3 jumper shunts
1 20-pin IC socket
1 16-pin IC socket
1 9-way 90° PC-mount female ‘D’
connector (CON1)
1 3-way 2.54mm SIL connector
& socket (CON3)
1 2-way 2.54mm SIL connector
& socket (CON2)
9-way RS232 cable (D9M to
D9F) for serial connection
(see text)
Red, black & yellow light-duty
hook-up wire
Small cable ties
Semiconductors
1 AT90S2313P-4 (or –10) microcontroller (IC1), programmed
with IIR.HEX
1 MAX232 RS232 receiver/driver
IC (IC2)
1 38kHz infrared receiver module (IC3) (Jaycar ZD-1952,
Altronics Z-1611)
1 MC34064P-5 undervoltage
sensing IC (IC4)
1 78L05 +5V regulator (REG1)
1 1N4004 diode (D1)
Programming the
power-up function
Disconnect power from the receiver
module and install a jumper shunt on
JP2. Power up again and point your
remote at the receiver. Press the key
that you wish to use as the power-up
key (usually the “Power” key!). The
“Ack” LED should flash five times to
indicate that the new key has been
accepted. Now power off and remove
the jumper.
The microcontroller stores the key
code in on-chip EEPROM, so it is not
lost when power is disconnected.
However, the code can be reprogrammed at any time by repeating the
above steps.
Before the power-up function will
work it must be enabled in your PC’s
BIOS setup. Generally, you can access
the BIOS setup by hitting the <Esc>
key during power up.
1 1N5817 or 1N5819 Schottky
diode (D2)
1 3mm red LED (LED1)
1 4MHz crystal, HC49 package (X1)
Capacitors
1 100µF 25V PC electrolytic
1 47µF 16V PC electrolytic
1 10µF 16V PC electrolytic
5 1µF 50V monolithic ceramic
2 100nF 50V monolithic ceramic
2 22pF ceramic disc
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 10kΩ
1 470Ω
1 150Ω
1 33Ω
Additional parts for internally
mounted module:
1 4-way cable mount PC disk
drive plug (Jaycar PP-0743)
OR1 3-way 2mm-pitch SIL header
socket for WOL (see text)
Mounting hardware to suit
Additional parts for freestanding unit:
1 plastic instrument case, “UB1”
size or similar
4 10mm tapped spacers
4 6mm pan head screws
4 6mm countersunk head screws
1 2.5mm panel-mount DC socket
1 9V DC 150mA (min.) plugpack
Once in the BIOS setup, look for the
“Power Management Setup” menu (or
similar). There you’ll need to enable
both the “ACPI” and “Resume on
LAN” options. The menu probably
also displays a long list of APM (power
management) options. You should not
need to alter any of these for the WOL
function to operate.
Note: power management setup
menus vary considerably between
motherboards. Refer to your motherboard manual for details on how to
enable the Wake-on-LAN function.
Well, that completes the hardware
part of the project. The next task is to
download and install the Windows
remote control software.
Downloading Girder
Point your browser to www.girder.
nl and go to the main download page.
Click on the “Girder Installer” link at
August 2003 27
Fig.8: Girder looks
after all the remote
control stuff in
Windows. Here it’s
shown ready to
direct all the action
in WinDVD 5.
named “xml”.
Move both the file and folder to the
Winamp plugins folder at “C:\Program
Files\Winamp3\Wacs”.
If all that sounds a little confusing,
have a look at the “readme.htm” file
included in the ZIP archive. It explains
in detail where each file should reside.
To check that they’re in the right
places and operating correctly, launch
Winamp and press <Ctrl><P> to open
the “Preferences” window. Scroll
down to the bottom of the list and you
should see an entry named “Girder”
(see Fig.14).
Note: future plugin releases may
use different filenames to those described above. If in doubt, refer to
the documentation included with the
download or check out the on-line help
at www.girder.nl
Download & installing
the “group” files
Fig.9: settings on the “General” tab
control Girder’s startup and shutdown
options.
the top of page to download the latest
version. At time of writing, Girder was
at release 3.2.9b but this will obviously
change over time.
In addition to the Girder Installer,
three “plugins” are also required
for this project. Plugins are used to
extend the functionality of Girder,
as we’ll see shortly. Click on the
“Plugins” link at the top of the main
download page to go to the plugins
download page.
Download the following three
plugins by clicking on their respective
links: “Generic Serial IR”, “Popup
OSD” and “Winamp 3”.
Installing Girder
Navigate to wherever you saved the
Girder Installer file and double-click
on it to launch the installation. Follow
the prompts to complete the installation, using the default options as
presented.
OK, let’s install the three plugins.
Begin by unzipping the “Generic Serial
IR” file, named “uir_m_1.5.zip” (or
similar), into a temporary directory.
This archive contains just one file,
named “uir_m.dll”. Move this file into
28 Silicon Chip
Fig.10: our system requires the use of
several extensions, or “plugins”, to do
everything we’ve asked of it. This is
where we tell Girder which plugins
to load. Some plugins have their own
settings dialog, accessed by highlighting the plugin name and clicking on
the “Settings” button.
the Girder plugins folder located at “C:\Program Files\girder32\
plugins”.
Next, unzip the “Popup OSD” file,
named “PopUp.3.0.6.zip” (or similar)
into the temporary directory. This time
you’ll see two files, “PopUp.dll” and
“ReadMe.txt”. As described above,
move the “PopUp.dll” file into the
Girder plugins folder.
Finally, unzip the “Winamp 3” file,
named “Winamp-1.6.zip” (or similar)
into the temporary directory. You’ll
notice that a folder named “plugins”
has been created in the temporary directory. Under the “plugins” folder is
another folder named “Winamp3” and
a file named “Winamp3.dll”. Again,
move the “Winamp3.dll” file to the
Girder plugins folder.
Go back to the temporary directory
and open the “Winamp3” folder. You’ll
now see another folder named “wac”.
Open this folder, and inside you’ll find
a file named “girder.wac” and a folder
Your Girder installation is now
almost ready to go. All that remains
is to program it for the task at hand,
which in this case is to control either
Winamp or WinDVD in conjunction
with the infrared hardware.
We’ve already done the programming job for you and the fruits of our
labour are available for download from
the Silicon Chip web site. Point your
browser to www.siliconchip.com.au
and then click on the “Software Downloads” link on the left side of the main
page. Download the “GirderGroups.
zip” file listed for this month and
unzip it into a temporary directory.
Navigate to “C:\Program Files\
girder32” and create a new folder
named “groups” to hold the new files.
Now move the files unzipped above
into the new folder at ‘’C:\Program
Files\girder32\groups”. You’ll note
that there are six files in all:
(1) Winamp3_RC5.GML,
(2) Winamp3_SONY.GML,
(3) WinDVD4_RC5.GML,
(4) WinDVD4_SONY,
(5) WinDVD5_RC5.GML; and
(6) WinDVD5_SONY.GML.
As you can see from the names,
we’ve provided group files for Winamp
3, WinDVD 4 and WinDVD 5. There are
two sets of files for each application,
one for use with universal remotes
(RC5) and one for Playstation remotes
(Sony).
Setting up Girder
Launch Girder from the Windows
www.siliconchip.com.au
Start menu. From the main menu
bar at the top of the Girder window,
click on File and choose Settings. The
“Settings” dialog box appears with the
“General” tab visible (Fig.9). Click on
the “Browse” button and navigate to
the group files that you saved earlier in
“C:\Program File\girder32\ groups”.
Double-click on the file appropriate
for your setup.
For example, if you want to control
Winamp with a universal remote,
choose “Winamp3_RC5.GML”.
Next, click on the “Auto Load”,
“Load Girder on Windows startup”
and “Hide on startup” check boxes
to enable them. These options ensure
that everything happens automatically
at Windows startup.
Still on the “General” tab, click
on the “Register Filetype” button.
This creates an association between
the Girder application and it’s group
(.GML) files.
Skip over the “User Interface” tab,
as the default settings are generally
OK. Instead, click on the “Plugins” tab
(Fig.10). Enable the following plugins
by clicking in the boxes next to their
names: “AlarmTimer”, “Generic serial
based IR receiver”, “OSD PopUp” and
“Winamp3”.
If any of the last three plugins aren’t
listed, then you may not have installed
them correctly. Go back and double-check that you’ve copied all the
relevant files into the Girder plugins
folder as described under “Installing
Girder”.
Now click on the “Auto Enable input device”, followed by the “Apply”
button. That done, we can now set up
Girder to receive data from the infrared
receiver hardware.
Serial port & infrared
receiver configuration
Highlight “Generic serial based IR
receiver” in the plugins list and click
the “Settings” button. The “Device
configuration” dialog should now
appear (see Fig.11).
Change the settings as necessary to
match those shown in Fig.11. Make
sure that all of the options listed under “Device Settings”, “Timings” and
“Filtering” are disabled (not ticked)!
In addition, two settings need to
be altered to suit your system. Under
“Port settings”, select the COM port that
you’ve using with the infrared receiver,
and set the “Code length” to match your
infrared remote. For a universal remote,
www.siliconchip.com.au
Fig.11: key codes from
the infrared receiver are
picked up by this plugin,
which then passes them on
to Girder. Your settings
should look like this,
although you may need
to change the “Port” and
“Code length” entries (see
text).
choose “4” bytes. For a Playstation
remote, choose “5”.
That done, click on the “OK”
button to close the configuration
window.
Note: if you’ve highlighted the “Generic serial based IR receiver” and
clicked on the “Settings” button but
nothing happened, then chances are
that the “Device configuration” window has appeared behind the main
Girder window. Look down on the
Windows task bar. If you see a “Device
configuration” button, click on it to
make the window visible.
On-screen
display settings
Finally, click on the OSD Settings
tab (Fig.12). Information here determines the basic format of the on-screen
displays and can be changed to suit
your taste. The default character size
is much too small, so click on the
“Select Font” tab and change the font
to “Arial” and the size to “20” as a
reasonable starting point.
Click on the “Apply” and then the
“OK” buttons at the bottom of the
“Settings” window to complete your
Girder setup.
If you’re still with us, you should
now have a fully functional system.
From the main Girder menu, select
File -> Exit Girder, then restart your
computer.
System checkout
When Windows starts, Girder
should start up automatically. An icon
in the System Tray will be the only
indication that it is running. Point
your remote at the receiver and press
the “Open/Close” button to launch
your chosen application.
You should now be able to control
the most commonly used Winamp/
WinDVD functions via remote control!
Controlling both
Winamp & WinDVD
So far, our instructions have assumed that you only want to be able to
control either Winamp or WinDVD. To
control both applications on the same
system, you need to switch between
the two Girder group files.
Let’s say that you’ve set up Girder
to automatically control Winamp at
startup, but now you want to switch
to WinDVD. To do this, double-click
on the Girder icon in the System Tray
to open it. Next, from the main menu
bar, select File -> Open and load the
group file for WinDVD control.
You can then send Girder back to
the System Tray by selecting File ->
Close Window or by clicking on the
“X” in the top right corner of window.
That’s it!
Help, it doesn’t work!
Fig.12: system-wide OSD (On Screen
Display) settings can be customised
here.
OK, so you’ve pressed a key, the
“Ack” LED on the receiver board
flashed, but nothing happened in
Windows.
First up, try launching Winamp/
August 2003 29
Fig.13: shed your basic Winamp skin and slip into
something sexy! This is just one of many available for
download from www.winamp.com
WinDVD manually and see if they
respond to key presses. If remote control is now working, this suggests that
the key we’ve assigned for the Open/
Close function is not compatible with
your remote. In this case, you can
either start the application manually
or reassign the key code for the Open/
Close function (see Tables 1 & 2 and
“Reassigning remote keys” below).
Still not working? OK, let’s make
sure that Girder has loaded the group
(.GML) file and that it’s receiving the
key presses.
Double-click on the Girder icon in
the System Tray to open it. Along the
top of the Girder window, you should
see the name of the currently loaded
group file. The contents of the file are
displayed on the left side of the Girder window. This is the programming
information that instructs Girder on
what action to take when it receives a
remote key press.
If there’s no indication that the
group file was loaded, then go back
over the steps under “Setting up Girder” to correct the problem.
Assuming it was loaded successfully, point your remote at the receiver
and press any key. The 4-byte code for
the key should appear on the status
(bottom) bar of the Girder window.
If it does, have a close look at the
number displayed (it’s in hexadecimal
notation). The first byte is always FE
(the sync byte), the next is the equipment address, the third is the key code
and the last byte is the checksum.
It is vital that the second byte of the
string is 05, as this is the equipment
address for VCRs. If it’s some other
value, then you’ve chosen an incompatible device code for your remote.
Refer to the information in the “About
Infrared Remotes” panel for details.
Note: the above information applies
only to universal remotes set up for
Philips (or compatible) appliances.
For Playstation remotes, the code
will be five bytes long and cannot be
incorrect.
If you’re still with us, we assume
this means that nothing is displayed
on the status bar when you press a
key on your remote. The most likely
problem at this point is either incorrect setup of the “Generic serial based
IR receiver” plugin or a problem with
serial communications from the receiver module.
Start by double-checking the settings for the plugin, as described
under “Serial port & infrared receiver
configuration” above. Note that the last
received key code should be displayed
under “Activity monitor” on the bottom line of the configuration window.
No go? Then you can determine if
the serial connection is working by
monitoring the COM port input with
any serial terminal application. HyperTerminal (included with Windows)
will do the job, although all you’ll see
when you press a key is a bunch of
strange ASCII characters.
To see the actual key code values,
you’ll need a terminal application that
can display in hexadecimal. Check
out RealTerm, available free from
realterm.sourceforge.net Set it up to
match the chosen COM port, with a
baud rate of 9600bps, 8 data bits, 1
stop bit and no parity.
Note: Girder must be closed before
attempting to access the serial port
from any other application. To do
this, select File -> Exit Girder from the
main menu.
Reassigning remote keys
These are the four remotes recommended for use with this project (left to right):
Sony Playstation remote, Jaycar BC-3000, and Altronics AIFA RA7 & AIFA Y2E.
30 Silicon Chip
If you’re using a different universal
remote to the ones in our list and the
function keys don’t do what you want,
www.siliconchip.com.au
About Infrared
Remote Controls
As mentioned throughout the
article, the infrared receiver module
will work with any “universal” style
remote control. This type of remote
can be programmed to work with
hundreds of different devices. It’s
just a matter of selecting the appropriate device from the supplied
list and punching in the matching
code per the instructions.
The receiver module masquerades as a Philips brand appliance.
Although many different manufacturers use the Philips infrared protocol (RC5), always try the Philips
codes first. In order to work with
the Girder group files that we’ve
provided, you must choose a VCR
code from the device list.
Unfortunately, no two universal
remotes are alike when it comes to
the function keys. Some have more
keys than others and to confuse
matters, key labelling differs even
though the keys might transmit
identical codes.
To make life much easier, we
have preprogrammed the system to
work with several readily available
universal remotes, as follows:
(1) AIFA Y2E (Altronics A-1013)
(use code 379);
(2) AIFA RA7 (Altronics A-1009)
(use code 379);
(3) BC-3000 (Jaycar AR-1710)
(use code 278).
We’ve also included support for
the Sony Playstation remote. These
are available at reasonable prices
(especially the clones) and provide
all the keys necessary to control a
DVD player with ease.
Tables 1 & 2 list the functions
we’ve assigned to the keys on these
remotes. The universal models
don’t have enough keys to control
all possible functions, so we’ve
included a “shift” mode.
To control any function that requires a shifted key (listed with the
“Shift-” prefix), make sure that shift
mode in active (press the “Shift”
key). For WinDVD, the shift state is
toggled each time the “Shift” key is
pressed. By contrast, shift is active
for one key press only in Winamp.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Table 1: WinDVD functions and the associated remote control keys.
Table 2: Winamp functions and the associated remote control keys.
August 2003 31
Fig.14: click in the main Winamp window
and press <Ctrl><P> to bring up this
dialog. Scroll down the list and you
should find a “Girder” entry if you’ve
installed the Winamp plugin correctly.
then it’s not too difficult to change the
key assignments.
To begin, make sure that both
Winamp and WinDVD are closed.
Next, open the Girder window and
load the appropriate group file using
the File -> Open menu command. In
this example, we’re assuming that
you’ve loaded “Winamp3_RC5.GML”
On the left side of the window,
you’ll see a tree structure that looks a
bit like a directory listing in Windows
Explorer (Fig.8). Click on the “+” next
to the “Winamp3” folder (top level
group) to open it. The tree expands
to show a number of folders (groups)
underneath. Open the “Non-shifted”
group to access all commands related
to non-shifted keys.
Under the “Non-shifted” group
WinDVD has a simple easy-touse interface but it’s even
easier via remote control.
32 Silicon Chip
you’ll find the commands further subdivided into “General”, “Volume” and
“Track Select”. Open the “General”
group to see all the keys assigned to
general commands, such as “Play”,
“Pause”, etc.
Now click on the “Stop” command and in the bottom right of the
Girder window, you’ll see the action
performed when this command is
executed. Until you understand how
Girder works, this probably won’t
mean much. However, you don’t actually need to know how the command
works to change the key assignment!
Next, click on the “+” next to the
“Stop” command to open it. Below,
you’ll see an entry named “Eventstring”. This entry contains the actual
key code associated with the “Stop”
key on your remote.
Click on the “EventString” entry to
highlight it and the key code is displayed in large dot-matrix style characters on the right side of the window.
To change this code, first make sure
that the drop-down list at the top right
of the window reads “All”, then click
on the “Learn Event” button.
Point your remote at the receiver
and press the key you want to assign
to the “Stop” command. Girder immediately updates the EventString entry
with the received key code. Now save
the updated group file by selecting the
File -> Save command from the main
menu. All done!
Of course, you probably wouldn’t
want to change the assignment of the
“Stop” key – this was just a convenient
choice for our example. Most other
key assignments can be changed in a
similar fashion. Always save a backup
copy of a group file before modifying
it, just in case!
Other uses
Your new infrared remote receiver is not limited to controlling just
Winamp and WinDVD. If you’re into
programming and like a challenge,
then you can program Girder to perform just about any task via remote
control. Check out the on-line help at
www.girder.nl for more information.
As a bonus, we’ve included support
on the receiver board for applications
that work with the Irman. This commercially available infrared receiver
works with dozens of popular remote-enabled applications. To enable
Irman compatibility, power off the
receiver and install a jumper shunt
on JP3.
For details on Irman and supported software, visit www.evation.com/
irman
Note: jumper JP3 should only be
installed if you specifically require
Irman compatibility. Do not install it
when using the module with Girder.
Also, we have not tested the receiver
with all Irman-enabled applications
and can not guarantee that it will work
in all cases.
The receiver module is also eminently suitable as an add-on to existing
microcontroller projects. A simple
two-wire serial interface is all that’s
required for the connection. Perhaps
you’ll be driving your next PICAXE
project from your armchair!
SC
Enjoy!
www.siliconchip.com.au
PUMP3 (NEW) 60W FOUNTAIN / POND PUMP:
Special Submersible Pump for
Aquarium, Fountain and Garden.
Pumps a Head of up to 350cm
(H) at 3000L p/h. Voltage: 240V.
Wattage: 60W. Operate at mains
240VAC supply. (Available late
July)$36
$ 3 . 9 5 PET HEATER KIT:
$ 9 . 5 0 Now back in stock, but now the mat is already
$ 1 4 . 5 0 built for you for the same price!!!
This simple to construct heater will make your pet feel
DON'T PAY A SMALL FORTUNE very comfortable this winter: It will love you for it. It is
THIS HAS TO BE THE QUICKEST, cheap to run and very easy to assemble. Everything
is included in the
EASIEST & CHEAPEST WAY EVER pictured
kit, even the 9V AC <at> 1A
TO STORE AND TRANSPORT DATA plug pack. All you need is
SEE THE REVIEW THIS ISSUE OF SILICON CHIP
These fantastic little devices will hold much more
data than a floppy disk and have much
better data retention. How many
times have you lost data on a
corrupted floppy? Or the
file is too big to fit a
floppy disk?
8m
-7
16M... $24:
(16md)...holds
more than11 floppies.
32M... $29: (32md)...
holds more than 22 floppies.
64M... $49: (64md)... holds
more than44 floppies.
128M... $82: (128md)... holds more
than 88 floppies.
256...$165: (256md)... holds more than 177 floppies
512...$340: (512md)... holds more than 355 floppies
-->
m
FT1 (NEW) EXTERNAL
AQUARIUM FILTER:
Special Aquarium Filter with highly
efficient filtration for longer operation. Also ideal for individual filter
media layer to suit your specific
water treatment. Features: Highly
efficient filtration for faster breakdown of harmful substances: mechanical, biological, adsorptive and
chemical; Coarse and fine filter
pads supplied for thorough
cleaning and Practical filter baskets
with handle for easy filling & quick
cleaning. (Available late July) $73
DON"T BE THE ONE
MISS OUT!!!
5-1000MHz T O
ZC0332 TRILITHIC TRICORDER III
SIGNAL LEVEL METER W/ LEAKAGE DETECTOR:
Combination leakage detector, signal level data logger
and 5-1000MHz Signal Level Meter with C/N, hum delta
measurements for CATV applications. Features include a
side strap to reduce hand fatigue, spin knob control of all
functions, and a large LCD display especially designed to
be viewed from all angles and to be highly resistant to
temperature extremes. Battery not guaranteed. Charger
not supplied. For more information
and user manual check the
following website:
http://www.trilithic.com/
(10 only) NOTE: We
successfully powered this unit
from one of our 9V plugpacks.
We measured the sound carrier
of channel 9 (202.8) to be at
-17dB when this unit was
connected to a standard TV
Antenna in southern Sydney
suburb: very clear sound.
$120
Coming soon... 16 ch uC remote control
system. Possibly the most fully featured
remote control ever designed.. Some of it's
outputs toggle, some momentary & some
have timer functions. Many of the features
are programable via the remote. Both units
are operated via a small keypad transmitter
kit or via a mini 4 button key-fob transmitter.
These kits have a range of over 1k, they
use an decoder ic that offers thousands of
combinations and can use a 4 digit security
code to operate. See our web site for more
details including features & priceing.
C H I P S
( P I X A X E - 0 8 )
( P I C A X E - 1 8 A )
( P I C A X E - 2 8 A )
<-
PUMP4 (NEW) 150W
FOUNTAIN / POND PUMP:
Special Submersible Pump
for Aquarium, Fountain and
Garden. Pumps a Head of
up to 450cm (H) at 5000L
p/h.Voltage: 240V. Wattage:
150W. Operate at mains
240VAC supply. (Available late July) $79
P I C A X E
->
PUMP2 (NEW) FOUNTAIN PUMP 12V <at> 5W:
Special Submersible Pump for
Aquarium,
Fountain and Garden. Pumps a Head
of up to 70cm (H) at 400L p/h. Voltage:
12V. Wattage: 5W. Supplied with 12V
AC plugpack and owners manual.
Approvals: GS, CE, UL, CUL, SAA,
BSI. (Available late July)$12
mm-
(NEW) COMPLETE LED SOLAR LIGHTING KIT:
Make it up as a complete garden light or as a
self standing complete lighting system.
Includes PCB, housing, garden stake, LDR,
manual switch, two Ni-Cd AA (1.2V <at> 700mAh)
rechargeable batteries and a crystalline solar
panel which charges the battery at around 50mA.
The PCB assembly includes a battery charging
circuit and an inverter to step up the voltage to
power the ultra bright white LED. Complete circuit
will be provided, including notes on how to disable
the automatic night switch. $17.50ea or $15ea for
three or more. (Available late July) $17.50 SLED1
MICROPROCESSOR - GENERAL PURPOSE
DEVELOPMENT KIT:
This Developing kit can be used to program or run all of the
PICAXE chips, most of the PIC ICs, and many other chips
with 0.3" spacing. This all-in-one development kit is very
cheap, compact, simple and easy to assemble. The top
side of the PC board is screen-printed with both
component positions and the tracks, or connection paths,
underneath the board. The board has power supply (+ & -)
rails along both edges while each of the pins on the socket
is brought out to a pad, which can be connected through to
other pads, supply rails, etc. The kit includes a specially
designed PC board with a 28 pin DIL IC socket, the PC
Serial interface (10k
and 22k ohms) along
with the programming
slide switch, a piezo
buzzer, a 5.5V DC
mains plug pack and
3.3V or 3.9V zener
diode power supply
Note: no software or
leads are supplied with
the kit. KIT PRICE:
(K193) $12.50 with suitable plug pack supplied.
<- 22
Look at these amazing prices on
pumps and solar garden lights
a little insulation under the
heater, & an old blanket or
rag on top of it.
Suitable plug pack supplied
KIT PRICE: (K185) $22.50
* * * N E W
I N V E R T E R
K I T * * *
This kit can be configured for 24VDC to 12VDC or
12VDC to 24VDC or even some voltages in between. It
was tested with a 100W load but greater heatsinking will
be required above 50W. Voltage selection is done by
changing the value of a resistor and by changing the
number of turns on the transformer. The transformer is
easy to construct & requires only an average of about
20 turns on the primary and secondary windings. Ideal
for car stereo & GPS systems etc in trucks with 24VDC
systems or to charge laptops in cars. Kit includes PCB,
all onboard components
& parts to make the
simple transformer.
Comming soon
0
.5
22
100W
$
Our BARGAIN CORNER is updated
on a dally basis with amazing nRF401 TRANSCEIVER MODULE
bargains like brand new 5KVA diesel based on the nRF401 single chip UHF
designed to operate in the 433MHz
generators and electric welders for transceiver
frequency band. It features Frequency Shift
less than half of the new retail price, Keying (FSK) modulation and demodulation
nRF401 operates at bit rates up to
they sold out in less than one day!!! capability.
20kbit/s. Transmit power can
Just simply go to our web site and be adjusted to a maximum of
nRF401 features a
subscribe to our Bargain Corner and 10dBm.
standby mode. Operates
you will be notified by E-mail the from a single +3 - 5V DC
s u p p l y. F r e q u e n c y
moment bargains are available. Ch#1/Ch#2 433.92/ 434.33
Modulation FSK, Max
Most items on BARGAIN CORNER MHz,
RF output power
are in quantities to small to advertise Supply voltage DC 2.7-5.25
supply current 11
here and most are scoop purchases VmAReceive
Transmit supply current
and can never be repeated. <at> -10dBm RF output power
8 mA Standby supply current
You can unsubscribe at any 8 uA, PCB size 31 X 22 X
10mm
Now is the time to pick up a real bargain, 2.6kg, 150 x 65 x
a n d y o u r E - m a i l SPECIAL INTRO PRICE $33 each For much
92mm:PB6 $25. For the months of July & August we will t i m e
post any quantity of batteries to NSW, Bris. Adel & Melb.
information simply search the net for
address will remain private. Nmore
for just $7. Ask for discounted rates to other locations.
RF-401 Also see our web site
12V / 7Ah sealed lead acid batteries.
www.oatleyelectronics.com Suppliers of kits and surplus electronics to hobbyists, experimenters, industry & professionals.
Orders: Ph ( 02 ) 9584 3563, Fax 9584 3561, sales<at>oatleyelectronics.com, PO Box 89 Oatley NSW 2223
OR www.oatleye.com
major credit cards accepted, Post & Pack typically $7 Prices subject to change without notice ACN 068 740 081 ABN18068 740 081
SC_AUG_03
*
Use it to show fuel
oil pressure or
* level,
engine temperature
Suitable for use with
a variety of sensors
* Display auto-dims
* at night
Alarm output
Digital Instrument
Display For Cars
Based on a PIC microcontroller, this simple
project lets you convert the analog instruments
in your car to a digital display. It’s suitable for
use with fuel gauges, oil pressure gauges and
temperature gauges, and even features an alarm
output.
Pt.1: By JOHN CLARKE
I
N THE PAST, SILICON CHIP has
described an array of digital instruments for use in cars. These include
a Speed Alert (with speedometer), a
Tachometer, a Voltmeter, an Ammeter, a Thermometer and an Air/
Fuel Mixture Display. However, that
line-up by no means exhausts the
potential for other digital readouts
in a car.
For example, most cars have analog
readouts for displaying fuel level and
34 Silicon Chip
engine temperature. Similarly, the oil
pressure is either shown on an analog
gauge or more commonly, there’s no
gauge and just an “idiot” warning
light instead.
Of course, there’s nothing wrong
with analog gauges – it’s just that
some drivers would rather have these
outputs displayed in digital format
instead.
That’s where this Digital Instrument
Display comes in – it’s designed to
operate with any sensor or sender unit
which varies its resistance or voltage
signal output and display the result
on a 3-digit LED readout. Basically,
it’s ideal for use with sender units that
have relatively slow changing values;
eg, as found in fuel level, oil pressure
and temperature gauges.
In operation, the unit can be calibrated so that the display will show any
value in the range from -99 through to
999. The decimal point can be also be
placed in one of two positions, so that
the values can be from -.99 to 9.99 or
from -9.9 to 99.9. In addition, the unit
can be calibrated to display metric or
imperial units.
Alternatively, the values do not need
to relate to any particular unit and
could refer to percentages instead – eg,
100% for full.
Of course, fuel and temperature
gauges don’t usually show precise
values. Instead, they give a general
indication of how things are going –
siliconchip.com.au
eg, remaining fuel level somewhere
between full and half-empty, or temperature midway between hot and
cold. By contrast, you can calibrate
this digital display unit to show the
actual values – eg, fuel remaining in
litres (or gallons if you prefer) or engine temperature in °C or °F, or some
other function.
In practice, the Digital Instrument
Display is calibrated at two values
and the instrument calculates the
remaining values from these in a
linear fashion. For example, if the
unit is to be used as a fuel gauge, it
is best calibrated when the fuel tank
is full (eg, 55 litres fuel) and then
calibrated when the tank is close to
empty (eg, 10 litres). The display will
then subsequently be able to show the
remaining fuel in the tank (in litres)
over the complete range from full to
empty.
Alarm output
An alarm output is available to warn
of impending “doom”. For example, it
could be set to trigger an alarm when
the fuel tank approaches empty. Alternatively, it could be used to alert the
driver if the engine is overheating or
if the oil pressure is too low.
In operation, the unit is set up to trigger the alarm when the display reading
goes above or below a particular value.
Under alarm conditions, the righthand
decimal point lights as a visual indication. In addition, the alarm output can
also drive a low-current piezo siren if
an audible indication is required or
it can be used to trigger an external
relay-driver circuit.
Presentation
As might be expected, this new
unit matches the appearance of our
previous digital instruments for cars.
It’s housed in a small plastic case,
with the display showing through
a transparent red Perspex or acrylic
window.
There are no user controls on the
front panel. Instead, the three calibration switches (Mode, Up and Down)
are hidden behind the front panel as
they are not needed once the unit has
been calibrated.
Different modes
The Mode switch is used to display
the calibration values. On the first
press, the display initially goes blank
and then shows the first calibration
siliconchip.com.au
MAIN Features
•
•
•
Suitable for connection to variable resistance or voltage output sensors.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Adjustable alarm level.
Programmable display values; shows readout on a 3-digit LED display.
Alarm output signal with visual alarm output indication at righthand
decimal point.
Can be set to alarm either above or below set value (optional).
Displays values from 999 maximum to -99 minimum.
Decimal point selection at x.xx or xx.x position (optional).
Automatic display dimming in low light levels.
2-second display update period.
value. This value is initially set at “0”
and can be changed to any number
up to 999 (disregarding the decimal
point) using the on-board Up and
Down switches.
Pressing the Mode switch again then
brings up the second calibration value.
This is initially set at 100 but again can
be set to any number from 0-999 using
the Up and Down switches.
Similarly, pressing the Mode switch
a third time brings up the alarm value
and once more, this is adjusted using
the Up and Down switches. The sense
of the alarm can also be set – ie, so
that it is either on for values above
the alarm setting (and off for values
below this) or on for values below the
alarm setting.
The required alarm sense is selected
at power up. Pressing the Mode switch
when power is first applied will keep
the display blank and upon release the
display will show either AL or AL-.
An “AL” display indicates that the
alarm will be on for values above the
alarm value and off for values below
the alarm value.
Con
versely, an “AL-” display indicates that the alarm will be off for
values over the alarm setting and on
for values below this.
To change from one to the other,
you simply switch off the power and
then hold down the Mode switch and
apply power again. The display will
now show the alternative setting when
the switch is released.
Returning now to the normal Mode
switch operation, the fourth press of
this button displays the actual measured value of the voltage applied to
the input of the unit. This is to allow
the unit to be set up correctly – ie, it
allows you to ensure that the applied
input voltage is within the permissible
range.
The fifth pressing of the Mode
switch brings up three dashes (- - -)
for a short period, after which the unit
returns to the “normal” display mode.
In this mode, it displays the calculated
value, which is based on the input
voltage and calibration values. In this
mode, the alarm LED will either be
lit or unlit, depending on the alarm
setting and the input signal level.
In summary, at power up, the display is in its normal mode. Repeatedly
pressing the Mode switch then brings
up the following modes: 1 – First
Calibration Value; 2 – Second Calibration Value; 3 – Alarm Threshold;
4 – Measured Input Level; and 5 –
Normal Mode again. Modes 1-4 are all
indicated with a flashing alarm LED.
Circuit details
Fig.1 shows the circuit for the Digital Instrument Display. It’s dominated
by IC1, a PIC16F84-10P microcontroller. This monitors the input signal
voltage via comparator stage IC2a,
processes the information and drives
the three 7-segment LED displays
(DISP1-DISP3).
And yes, it’s all very similar to our
previously published digital car instruments. That’s the beauty of using a PIC
processor – we can use similar circuitry
but get it to do what we want by writing
new software to control the device.
OK, let’s start with the input sensing
circuit. In opera
tion, the incoming
analog signal from the sensor (or
sender) is filtered using a 10kΩ resistor
August 2003 35
Parts List
1 Microcontroller PC board, code
05108031, 78 x 50mm
1 Display PC board, code
05108032, 78 x 50mm
1 front panel label 80 x 53mm
1 plastic case utility case
measuring 83 x 54 x 30mm
1 Perspex or Acrylic transparent
red sheet, 56 x 20 x 3mm
1 10MHz parallel resonant crystal
(X1)
1 LDR (Jaycar RD-3480 or
equivalent) (LDR1)
3 SPST micro tactile switches
(Jaycar SP-0600 or equivalent)
(S1-S3)
5 PC stakes
3 7-way pin head launchers
1 DIP18 socket for IC1
2 DIP14 low cost IC sockets with
wiper contacts (cut for 3 x
7-way single in line socket)
Screws & spacers
1 9mm long x 3mm ID untapped
brass spacer
1 10mm long x 3mm ID tapped
Nylon spacer (can be made
from 2 x 6mm spacers with
one cut to 4mm)
2 6mm long M3 tapped Nylon
spacers
2 M3 x 6mm screws
1 M3 x 15mm brass screw
1 M3 x 15mm Nylon screw
Wire & cable
1 300mm length of 0.7mm tinned
copper wire
1 2m length of red automotive
wire
1 2m length of yellow automotive
wire
1 2m length of black or green
automotive wire (ground wire)
and 100µF capacitor and fed to pin 2
of comparator stage IC2a. Note that
provision has been made for a pullup
resistor directly at the input, since this
will be necessary with some sensors.
Similarly, resistor R2 can be used to
attenuate the input signal if necessary
(more on this later).
In operation, IC2a compares the
voltage on its pin 2 input with a DC
voltage on its pin 3 input. This DC
voltage is derived by applying a pulse36 Silicon Chip
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F84-10P or PIC16F84-20P
microcontroller programmed
with INSTRUM.HEX (IC1)
1 LM358 dual op amp (IC2)
1 7805 5V 1A 3-terminal regulator
(REG1)
3 BC327 PNP transistors (Q1-Q3)
1 BC547 NPN transistor (Q4)
2 BC337 NPN transistors
(Q5,Q6)
3 HDSP5301, LTS542A common
anode 7-segment LED displays (DISP1-DISP3)
1 3mm red LED (LED1)
1 LM336-2.5 reference diode
(REF1)
1 16V 1W zener diode (ZD1)
4 1N914 switching diodes
(D1-D4)
Capacitors
2 100µF 16V PC electrolytic
3 10µF 16V PC electrolytic
1 390nF (0.39µF) MKT polyester
2 100nF (0.1µF) MKT polyester
2 18pF ceramic
Trimpots
1 20kΩ horizontal trimpot (code
203) (VR1)
1 250kΩ horizontal trimpot (code
254) (VR2)
1 500kΩ horizontal trimpot (code
504) (VR3)
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 1MΩ
1 1kΩ 0.5W
1 200kΩ
3 680Ω
7 10kΩ
9 150Ω
2 3.3kΩ
1 10Ω 1W
Miscellaneous
Automotive connectors, heat
shrink tubing, cable ties, etc.
width modulated (PWM) square-wave
signal from the RA3 output of IC1 to a
390nF capacitor via a 200kΩ resistor
and trimpot VR2.
As a result, pin 1 of IC2a switches
low when ever the voltage on its pin 2
input is greater than the voltage on pin
3. This signal is then fed via a 3.3kΩ
limiting resistor to the RB0 input of
IC1. This resistor limits the current
from IC2a when its output switches
high to a nominal 12V, while internal
clamp diodes at RB0 limit the voltage
on this pin to 5.5V.
A-D converter
Among other thing, IC1 functions as
an analog-to-digital (A-D) converter. In
operation, it converts the comparator
signal on its RB0 (pin 6) input to a
digital value which is then used to
drive the 3-digit LED display.
The A-D converter used here operates by using a series of successive
approximations and involves just two
external connections to IC1. As mentioned above, IC1 produces a PWM
signal at its RA3 output and this operates at 4.882kHz with a wide-ranging
duty cycle. Note that a high output
from RA3 is at 5V while a low output
is at 0V.
The RC network on RA3 filters this
PWM waveform to derive a DC voltage that is the average of the PWM
waveform. This means that if the duty
cycle is 50% (ie, a square wave), the
average at RA3 will be 50% of 5V or
2.5V. Varying the duty-cycle either
side of 50% produces higher or lower
DC voltages accordingly.
Operation of the A-D converter is as
follows: initially, the RA3 output is set
to a 50% duty cycle and this sets the
voltage at pin 3 of IC2a at 2.5V. At the
same time, an 8-bit register inside IC1
has its most significant bit set high so
that its value will be 10000000.
During this process, the comparator’s output is monitored by IC1’s RB0
input. If the measured voltage is lower
than 2.5V, IC2a’s output is high and the
PWM output at RA3 is reduced to a
25% duty cycle to produce an average
of 1.25V. The internal register is now
set to 01000000.
Alternatively, if the measured
voltage is above 2.5V, corresponding
to a low comparator output, the RA3
output is increased to a 75% duty
cycle to provide an average of 3.75V.
The register is thus set to 11000000,
with the most significant bit indicating
a 2.5V 50% duty cycle and the next
bit indicating the 1.25V 25% duty
cycle (adding the two bits gives us
the 3.75V).
The comparator output is again
checked, after which the microcontroller adds or subtracts a 12.5% duty
cycle (0.625V) and compares this
against the input voltage again. The
register is then set to X1100000 (with X
a 1 or 0 as determined by the previous
operation) if the input voltage is higher
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 37
Fig.1: the PIC microcontroller (IC1) does most of the work in this circuit. It accepts inputs from the sensor (via IC2a) and drives three 7-segment LED displays.
Table 2: Capacitor Codes
Value
390nF
100nF
18pF
9.76mV, 4.88mV and 2.44mV – so that
we obtain an 11-bit A-D conversion.
The A-D conversion thus has a resolution of around 2.44mV at the least
significant bit. The possible number
of values for the 11-bit register is
from 00000000000 (0) to 11111111111
(2048).
In practice, we are limited to a range
from about 152 to 1848 because the
software must have time for internal
processing to produce the waveform
at the RA3 output. This means that
the input signal can only be measured
over a particular range of voltage corresponding to the 152 minimum count
and the 1848 maximum count.
This corresponds to about 373mV
minimum and 4.5V maximum. However, it’s quite common for automotive
sensors to produce signals all the way
down to 0V, so we need to cater for this
type of sensor. That’s done by applying
a negative voltage to pin 3 of IC2a, to
offset the 375mV minimum from the
A-D converter.
This offset voltage is derived from
voltage reference REF1, diodes D1 &
D2 and transistor Q6 and its associated
components.
Q6 is driven by the RA0 output of
IC1. When the RA0 output is low, Q6 is
off and capacitor C1 charges via a 1kΩ
resistor (which connects to the 12V
supply) and via diode D1. When the
RA0 output subsequently goes high,
Q6 turns on and connects the positive
side of C1 to ground. As a result, the
Fig.2: install the parts on the PC boards as shown here . In particular,
be sure to install the 7-segment LED displays with their decimal points
at bottom tight and take care not to get the transistor types mixed up.
than the PWM waveform.
Conversely, if the input voltage is
lower than the PWM voltage, the register is set to X0100000.
This process continues for eight cycles, the microcontroller progressively
adding or subtracting smaller amounts
of voltage (ie, 0.312V, 0.156V, 0.078V,
0.039V and 0.0195V) and the lower
µF Code EIA Code IEC Code
0.39µF
394
390n
0.1µF
104
100n
18pF 18 18p
bits in the 8-bit register being either
set to a “1” or a “0” to obtain an 8-bit
A-D conversion.
Further resolution is obtained by
altering the counter that’s used to
generate the PWM output. By adding
or subtracting a number to the count,
we can alter the filtered PWM signal
by a small amount – corresponding to
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
No.
o 1
o 1
o 7
o 2
o 1
o 3
o 9
o 1
38 Silicon Chip
Value
1MΩ
200kΩ
10kΩ
3.3kΩ
1kΩ
680Ω
150Ω
10Ω
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black green brown
red black yellow brown
brown black orange brown
orange orange red brown
brown black red brown
blue grey brown brown
brown green brown brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black yellow brown
red black black orange brown
brown black black red brown
orange orange black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
blue grey black black brown
brown green black black brown
brown black black gold brown
siliconchip.com.au
other end of C1 goes negative and this
charges capacitor C2 via diode D2.
C1 is again charged when Q6 turns
off, while D2 now becomes reverse
biased and prevents C2 from discharging via this path. Instead, the negative
voltage across C2 is applied to voltage
reference diode REF1 via a 3.3kΩ resistor to produce a fixed -2.49V reference
voltage, This voltage is then applied to
pin 3 of IC2a via VR1, a 10kΩ resistor
and a 1MΩ resistor (R3).
In practice, VR1 is adjusted so that
the applied voltage offsets the 390mV
minimum output from the A-D converter.
LED displays
The 7-segment display data from
IC1 appears at outputs RB1-RB7 and
these directly drive the cathodes of
the three LED displays (DISP1-3) via
150Ω current limiting resistors. Note
that the segments common to each
display are connected together – ie, the
“a” segment cathodes are all connected
together, as are the “b” segments and
so on.
The displays are driven in multiplex
fashion, with IC1 switching its RA0
& RA1 lines low in sequence to drive
transis
tors Q1 & Q2. For example,
when RA0 goes low, Q1 turns on and
applies power to the common anode
connection of DISP1. Any low outputs
on RB1-RB7 will thus light the corresponding segments of that display.
After this display has been on for
a short time, the RA0 output is taken
high and DISP1 turns off. The 7-segment data on RB1-RB7 is then updated,
after which RA1 goes low to drive Q2
and display DISP2.
Transistor Q3, which switches power to DISP3, is driven in a different
manner to Q1 & Q2. This transistor is
off when ever either RA0 or RA1 is low
(ie, if one of the other displays is on).
That’s because a low on RA0 or RA1
holds LED1’s anode low (ie, at 0.6V)
via either diode D4 or D3.
As a result, LED1 cannot conduct
and so Q4 is off.
However, when RA0 and RA1 are
both high, D4 and D3 are reverse biased and Q4’s base is pulled high via
the 10kΩ resistor on LED1’s anode.
This turns Q4 on which in turn pulls
Q3’s base low via a 680Ω resistor. And
that, in turn, turns Q3 on and lights
display DISP3.
Of course, in practice, DISP1, DISP2
& DISP3 are switched on and off at a
siliconchip.com.au
The display board (shown in the case at top) plugs directly into the pin header
sockets on the processor board (above), eliminating wiring connections between
the two. Notice how the electrolytic capacitors on the two boards are bent over
(see text), to prevent them fouling other parts.
very fast rate, so that they appear to
be continuously lit.
Finally, note that the decimal point
(pin 5) of DISP3 is connected to IC1’s
RA2 output. RA2 is the alarm output
and it normally switches low and turns
on DP3 under alarm conditions. It can
also be used to activate a low-current
piezo siren which has its other side
connected to the +5V rail.
Display dimming
Op amp IC2b is used to control the
display brightness. This stage is wired
as a unity gain amplifier and drives
transistor buffer stage Q5 which is
inside the negative feedback loop.
Light dependent resistor LDR1
varies the voltage on pin 5 of IC2b
according to the ambient light level.
In daylight, the voltage on pin 5 (and
thus on pin 7) is close to +5V because
the resistance of the LDR is low. This
means that Q5’s emitter will also be
close to +5V and so virtually the full
supply rail is applied to the emitters
of transistors Q1-Q3 and the displays
operate at full brightness.
As the ambient light falls, the LDR’s
resistance increases and so the voltage
on pin 5 of IC2b decreases. And when
it’s completely dark, the voltage on
pin 5 is determined by the setting of
trimpot VR3 which sets the minimum
August 2003 39
used to power the microcontroller and
display circuitry, while IC2 and Q6 are
powered directly from the decoupled
ignition supply.
OK, that completes the circuit
description. Of course, most of the
clever stuff takes place inside the
PIC microcontroller under software
control. You can download the source
code (instrum.asm) from the SILICON
CHIP website.
Construction
The pin headers are installed on the track side of the display board using a finetipped soldering iron. Note that it will be necessary to slide the plastic spacers
along the leads to allow room for soldering.
This view shows how the two boards are stacked together in “piggyback”
fashion to make a compact assembly. Make sure that none of the parts on the
processor board contact the back of the display board.
brightness level. As before, the voltage
on pin 5 appears at Q4’s emitter and
so the displays operate with reduced
brightness.
Mode switches
Switches S1-S3 are all monitored
using the RA4 input which is normally
at 5V due to a 10kΩ pullup resistor.
The other sides of S1 and S2 are connected to the RA0 and RA1 outputs
respectively, while S3 connects to
Q4’s collector.
This means that pressing S1 will
pull RA4 low when RA0 is low. Similarly, S2 can pull RA4 low when RA1
is low, while S3 can pull RA4 low
when both RA0 and RA1 are high. As
a result, the microcontroller can determine which switch has been pressed
when RA4 goes low, by checking the
status of both RA0 and RA1.
40 Silicon Chip
Clock signals for IC1 are provided
by an internal oscillator circuit which
operates in with crystal X1 (10MHz)
and two 18pF capacitors. The two
capacitors provide the correct loading for the crystal and ensure that the
oscillator starts reliably.
The crystal frequency is divided
down internally to produce clock signals for the microcontroller operation
and for the display multiplexing.
Power
Power for the circuit is derived from
the vehicle’s ignition supply line. A
10Ω 1W resistor and a 100µF capacitor
decouple this supply line, while 16V
zener diode ZD1 protects the circuit
against transient voltage spikes.
The decoupled ignition supply is
then fed to regulator REG1 which
provides a +5V rail. This rail is then
All the parts are mounted on two
PC boards: (1) a microcontroller board
coded 05108031, and (2) a display PC
board coded 05108032. These boards
are stacked together using pin headers
and sockets to make the interconnections, so there’s no external wiring
(apart from the power supply and
sensor connections).
Fig.2 shows the assembly details.
Begin by checking the PC boards for
shorts between tracks and possible
breaks and undrilled holes. That
done, install all the wire links on both
boards. It is important that these be
installed now, as other parts mount
over the top of some of the links.
You can now concentrate on building the microcontroller board. Begin
by installing all the resistors using
Table 1 as a guide to determining the
correct values. It’s also a good idea to
check them using a digital multimeter,
just to make sure.
Note that some of the resistors
including the 7 x 150Ω units at top
right, are mounted end-on to save
space. Leave out R1 and R2 for the
time being but be sure to install R3
(1MΩ) as shown.
Next, install a socket for IC1 (taking
care with its orientation), then install
IC2, zener diode ZD1 and diodes D3
& D4. That done, install REG1 by
bending its leads down by 90° so that
its metal tab sits flat against the PC
board. Make sure that the hole in the
metal tab lines up with the hole in the
PC board before soldering the leads.
Trimpots VR2 & VR3 can go in next
(don’t get them mixed up), followed
by the capacitors. Note that the two
electrolytic capacitors near the regulator must be mounted so that their
bodies lie flat against REG1’s leads (see
photo). Similarly, the 100µF capacitor
near VR2 must be mounted so that it
lies between the adjacent 200kΩ and
680Ω resistors (see photo).
In practice, this simply involves
siliconchip.com.au
bending the capacitor leads down
by 90° before installing them on the
board. Note that the two electrolytic
capacitors near REG1 are oriented in
opposite directions.
Next, install three PC stakes at the
external wiring points, then install
the transistors. Q1-Q3 are all BC327s
(PNP), while Q5 is a BC337 NPN type
so don’t get it mixed up with the others. The remaining transistor on this
board (Q4) is a BC547.
Crystal X1 also mounts horizontally
on the PC board. It is secured by soldering a short length of tinned copper
wire between the end of its metal case
and an adjacent PC pad.
Finally, the three 7-way in-line
sockets can be fitted. These are made
by cutting two 14-pin IC sockets into
single in-line strips using a sharp knife
or a fine-toothed hacksaw. Clean up the
rough edges with a file before installing
them on the microcontroller board.
Display board
Now for the display board. The wire
links should already be in place but if
not, install them now, followed by the
resistors, diodes and trimpot VR1. At
this stage, you can also decide if you
want the decimal point showing. Install R4 if the display is to show x.xx,
or R5 if the display is to show xx.x
instead. Alternatively, do not install
either resistor if the decimal point is
not required.
Next, install the three 7-segment
LED displays with their decimal points
at bottom right. REF1, Q6 (BC337) and
the two electrolytic capacitors can
then be installed. As before, the two
electrolytics are installed so that their
bodies lie fat against the PC board.
The LDR is mounted so that its top
face is about 3mm above the displays
(it can go in either way). Install it now,
followed by the three pushbutton
switches.
Finally, complete the display board
assembly by installing the pin headers.
These are installed from the copper
side of the board, with their pins
protruding about 1mm above the top
surface.
You will need a fine-tipped iron to
solder these pin headers. Note that
you will also have to slide the plastic
spacers along the pins to give sufficient
room for soldering.
Preparing the case
Work can now begin on the plastic
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: follow this diagram when stacking the boards together and be sure
to use plastic spacers where indicated.
case. First, use a sharp chisel to remove
the integral side pillars, then slide the
microcontroller board in place and use
it as a template to drill two mounting
holes in the base – one through the
hole in REG1’s tab and the other immediately to the left of R3.
In addition, you will have to drill a
hole in the back of the case to accept
the power leads, plus an extra hole for
the input signal lead.
Once that’s done, plug the display
board into the microcontroller board
and secure them together using machine screws and spacers as shown
in Fig.3. Check that the leads from
the parts on the display board do not
interfere with any parts on the micro
controller PC board. If necessary, trim
the leads of the display board parts to
prevent this.
The front panel artwork (to be published next month) can now be used as
a template for marking out the display
cutout and the position of the hole
for the LDR. That done, drill the LDR
hole and drill a series of closely-space
holes around the inside perimeter of
the rectangle for the display cutout.
The centre-piece can then be knocked out and the job filed to a smooth
finish.
Be sure to make the cutout just
large enough, so that the red Perspex
or acrylic window is a tight fit. This
window can then be further secured by
applying several small dabs of super
glue along the inside edges.
microcontroller board, apply power
and use a multimeter to check that
there is +5V on pins 4 & 14 of IC1’s
socket (use REG1’s metal tab for the
GND connection).
If this is correct, disconnect power
and insert IC1 in place, ensuring that
it is oriented correctly. That done, plug
the display board back in and apply
power with the input lead connected
to ground. The display should light
and show three dashes (- - -).
After about two seconds, the display
should then show a number. Our prototype showed -4, but this will depend
on the settings of VR1 and VR2.
Now press the Mode switch – the
display should now show “0” and the
alarm LED should flash. Pressing the
Mode switch again should now cause
the display to show “100”. Press it
again and the display should show 50,
while the fourth press should bring up
the current input reading.
Our prototype showed 97 but this
will again depend on the settings for
VR1 and VR2.
Now test the dimming feature by
holding your finger over the LDR. Adjust VR1 until the display dims. Note:
this trimpot is best adjusted in the dark
to set the minimum brightness.
Finally, check that there is -2.5V at
the negative terminal of voltage reference REF1. Note, however, that this
voltage could vary from this value by
about 200mV due to tolerances in the
reference.
Testing
Next month
It is best to check the power supply
before plugging the microcontroller IC
into its socket.
To do this, first unplug the display
board and put it to one side. That done,
connect the +12V and GND leads to the
That’s all we have space for this
month. Next month, we will describe
how to connect different sensors to
this display unit and describe the
calibration procedure for these various
SC
sensors.
August 2003 41
The Downpipe
waveguide antenna
mounted on a
standard TV mast. Due
to increased wind
loading, guy-wires are
used for stability.
Homebrew Weatherproof
2.4GHz WiFi Antennas
In the Nov 2002 SILICON CHIP, Stan Swan introduced us to the ‘art’ of
making your own microwave antenna for 2.4 GHz (WiFi) networking,
using a readily available ‘kipper can’ and a piece of bent wire. There are
many homebrew microwave antenna designs available on the Internet;
not all of which are weatherproof. This article shows how to make two,
high performance, weatherproof WiFi antennas using readily available
materials and common garage tools.
W
e’re going to show you how to build two antennas – the Downpipe Antenna and the AntCap
Antenna.
Now just in case the significance of those names has
been lost on you, the Downpipe Antenna is a wide-beam
antenna that is suitable for use at the center of a wireless
network and is, in fact, made from a length of downpipe.
The AntCap Antenna is, suprisingly enough, made
from (you guessed it!) an ant cap. It is
a narrow-beam antenna used to connect
by ROB
to either another AntCap (for a point42 Silicon Chip
to-point link), or to a Downpipe antenna.
A Quick Review of WiFi Networks
The most common WiFi standard in use today is 802.11b,
which specifies a 2.4GHz carrier, and a nominal 11Mbps
data transfer rate.
The technology is undergoing explosive growth and
development which will make 802.11b obsolete very
soon but new standards continue to
use the same 2.4GHz frequencies so
CLARK
the antennas described in this article
www.siliconchip.com.au
will work equally as well.
Most WiFi networks resemble old 10baseT
networks, which had a 10Mbps hub, with
all the computers connected into the hub.
These networks were collision-based –
so Ethernet packets sent simultaneously,
would often collide and be resent. It can be
mathematically shown that collision-based,
802.11-style networks have an effective
upper limit on data traffic of 30% of the
nominal speed.
So, 10BaseT, hub-based networks saturated at 3Mbps. 802.11b networks are virtually
identical, except the hub is replaced with an
antenna and an Access Point (AP) and the
computers have an antenna and some sort
of wireless ethernet interface.
802.11b Networks resemble hub-based wired networks
The Downpipe wide-beam antenna
At the center of a WiFi network, there is generally an
Access Point (AP) with a wide-beam antenna. APs usually
come with a short stub antenna (or two) which are have
a low performance (‘gain’), adequate for distances up to
100m.
If you want to have a network that spans kilometres, you
will need a higher gain, external antenna. The Downpipe
is such an antenna.
How does it work?
If you cast your mind back to those physics lessons at
school that you slept through, you may remember something about organ pipe theory and resonance.
Well, that is the secret to the Downpipe! It is effectively
a resonant pipe for 2.4GHz electromagnetic waves (fed
into the pipe by a short stub antenna), which ‘leaks’
energy out the slots. The slots are spaced so that the
leaked energy is in-phase and so that the impedance is
50Ω.
That is pretty much all there is to it. The magic is working out where to place the slots. In fact each slot is half a
wavelength from the next and the offset from the centre
defines the impedance of each slot.
Parts List – Downpipe Antenna
1
1
1
1
2m length (approx) 95mm x 45mm ZincAlume downpipe.
40mm length 1.5-2mm dia. solid copper wire
Tube caulking compound
Roll UV-stabilized, microwave-transparent tape. 50mm
wide. (Norton Part Number AT232297 Cat No. 725 Barcode:
9310357501190)
2 V-Clamps, for mounting (Jaycar Cat LT-3235)
1 3mm (1/8") aluminium pop rivet
1 Female-pin N-connector, panel mount, screw-type.
(LINK Connectors Part: B30-005. See: www.gordontech.
com.au)
www.siliconchip.com.au
If you cut slots in one face, you get an
antenna that radiates in a nominal 180° arc.
If the slots are cut in both faces, you get a
nominal 360° beam pattern – but the signal
strength is 50% (3dB) lower. (In reality, the
beam is not uniform in all directions and
the purists will call these Sector Antennas,
as they radiate mainly in an 80° beam from
each face.)
The nominal gain of a single-side, 8-slot
Downpipe is 14dBi. A 2-sided, 16-slot
Downpipe is 11dBi.
Before we start . . .
First of all, you’ll need the following
tools:
1. Electric router, with 6.5mm bit, or Nibbling
tool (hand operated, or electric) (eg, Altronics Cat T2355)
2. Hacksaw
3. Rivet gun
4. Drill, with 3mm (1/8") bit
5. Set Square (for nice 90° faces)
And you will also need software to calculate the resonant frequency and wavelength.
You can download an Excel file which
will do it all for you:
www.erlang-software.com/FreeNet/Waveguide/WaveguideCalculator.zip
The Downpipe antenna radiates, and
receives, RF energy through specially spaced
slots. A length (or lengths) of UV-stabilised,
microwave-transparent tape over the slots
helps prevent little critters (spiders, ants, bugs,
etc) taking up residence inside the antenna!
August 2003 43
Let’s make one!
1. Check size.
Note that while the
downpipe has a
nominal size, it is
manufactured so
that one end witha
taper fits inside the
next. The material will
either slowly change
size from one end to
the other, or will be
deformed at one end.
2. Select squarest end.
Decide from which end
you will work. The one
with the straightest cut
is a good choice. Mark
TOP with a marking
pen.
3. Measure and mark
pipe.
Mark “BOTTOM” at
the approximate location of the bottom of
the air column. This is
approx. 815mm from
the TOP.
4. Workout the average
large ID of the air
column.
Take a few OD measurements between
TOP and BOTTOM.
Decide where a good
average point would
be. Measure the Average OD (e.g. 95mm).
Measure the material
thickness (e.g. 0.4mm).
Calculate the Ave ID as
(Ave OD) - (2 x thickness) (e.g. 95 - 2 x 0.4
= 94.2 mm)
5. Calculate your resonant frequency wavelength.
Using the Excel file
which you down-loaded earlier, select the
“Wavelength Calcu-
Scale drawing of a
Downpipe antenna on
2.437GHz. The 10mm
U-bolt mounting holes
are on the “back” face.
44 Silicon Chip
This table shows the dimensions of the antenna drawing
at left, as calculated by the Waveguide Calculator Excel
spreadsheet software. For different frequencies and antenna
types it’s just a matter of plugging in the appropriate data.
lator” tab and enter the Ave. ID in the Large ID cell
shown.
Note the calculated Lg (your wavelength), and Small
ID. Confirm that your tubing has a small ID that is LESS
than the number calculated.
6. Calculate the Dimensions for your antenna.
Select the Antenna Dimensions tab in the Excel file. The
wavelength (Lg) calculated in the step above should
be automatically transferred to the correct cells in this
spreadsheet.
Table 1 shows an example set of calculations for 94mm
(ID) downpipe, tuned to Channel 6.
7. Square-off the Top end.
If necessary (ie, if you didn’t use the square-cut end
thoughtfully provided by the manufacturer!), use a set
square and a file/grinder to get a perfectly square top.
8. Mark and cut your downpipe.
Using the Antenna Dimensions spreadsheet determine
the TOTAL LENGTH value and mark then cut your
downpipe to this length (eg approx 900-920mm for an
8-slot antenna).
9. Mark the position of all slots.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Cut the 6.5mm slots with your router or nibbling tool.
If making a 360° antenna, the slots on the back are positioned such that you can see through both slots from
front-to-back.
10. Mount the N-Connector.
Mark the position. Drill and mount temporarily. Remove.
11. Make the feed.
Solder a length of copper wire into the solder bucket of
the N-connector. Cut so the length of the copper wire
extends 31mm from the end of the metal shield of the
N-connector.
12. Cut the bottom-reflector mounting slots.
Mark the bottom of the Air Column on the SMALL sides
(only). Use a hacksaw to cut through the SMALL SIDES
ONLY of the antenna at the bottom of the air column.
The two resulting slots will be the thickness of the
hacksaw blade.
13. Make the Bottom reflector.
Use an off cut to make an L-shaped reflector, which slides
through the two slots (step above). It should protrude
about 1 mm on the far side.
14. Drill hole for rivet. Drill a hole for the rivet so that the
bottom reflector will be held in place. Note: Keep the
reflector as flat/straight as possible, to maintain antenna
performance. DO NOT RIVET IN PLACE YET.
15. Make the Top reflector cap.
Use an off-cut to make a ‘cap’ that fits neatly over the top
of the antenna. Note: Keep the reflector as flat/straight
as possible, to maintain antenna performance.
16. Drill V-clamp mounting holes. These holes go in the
bottom 100 mm section below the reflector, on the face
with the folded metal seam. See the mounting section
of the to-scale drawing for details.
17. Clean all metal swarf from inside the antenna.
18. Mount the N-Connector/Feed assembly.
Caulk around edges to make waterproof.
19. Attach Bottom Reflector.
Slide bottom reflector in place, and rivet on one side.
Caulk around the two slots to make waterproof. Do not
waterproof the inside edges of the bottom reflector. You
want any condensed water (or rain) to escape.
20. Attach Top Reflector cap.
The Law
The Australian Communications Authority (ACA,
www.acma.gov.au) is responsible for the laws in Australia for this technology. In the frequency band used by
2.4GHz WiFi equipment (2.400- 2.484GHz), the bottom
line is that you do not need a licence if:
• You are using DSSS (Spread Spectrum) equipment.
(802.11b is DSSS).
• Your EIRP is less than 4W
Are you allowed to pass internet traffic over a
neighbourhood WiFi network?
While it has not been tested in courts, the current
interpretation of the laws is that you can only carry
internet traffic for a fee if you have a Carrier License.
But – it appears legal to extend an internet connection within the ‘same organisation’ so long as there
is no fee.
Of course copyright laws apply – regardless of what
medium is used to pass a copyright protected work,
such as music or video.
Do not rivet... as you don’t want protrusions inside the
antenna cavity. The top reflector is held in place by the
UV-tape in the next step.
21. Cover slots, and top reflector, with UV-tape.
Installation
The Downpipe antenna gets its gain by compressing
the beam into a very flat, pizza shape; generally aimed at
the horizon.
That is great if the other antennas wishing to connect to
the Downpipe are at the same elevation (height), but can
cause problems if the Downpipe is mounted way above
the other antennas.
Usually it is best to mount a Downpipe at the height of
the nearby roof-tops. Alternatively, you might consider
two 180° Downpipes
mounted such that they
are tilted down a bit.
Downpipe antennas have thin, horizontal beams. Mounting them high is
not always ideal.
www.siliconchip.com.au
V-clamps hold the Downpipe
securely to a suitable pole/mast.
August 2003 45
The AntCap narrow-beam antenna
If you want to make a point-to-point WiFi link, or just connect to your neighbourhood AP, you need a narrow-beam
(directional) antenna.
There are many designs on the Internet but not all are
weatherproof, or include pole-mounting brackets. The
AntCap has both features!
By the way, you will notice that the AntCap is really
nothing more than a waterproof version of Stan Swan’s
Kipper Can antenna, which is itself an implementation
of the standard ‘BiQuad’ antenna. We trust Stan will not
mind.
How does it work?
The radiating element is a simply a pair of loops; each
one-wavelength in circumference. The diagrams below
show how it works.
Imagine a wave traveling around each loop, and imagine
the wave crest being indicated with a “+”, a wave valley
with a “-“, and the zero-crossing points with a “0”.
Each diagram is a snapshot, a quarter of a wave period
later in time than the previous. Where the fields line up,
they are shaded red for “+”, and blue for “-“.
As you can see, with the feed oriented as shown, the
signal appears to oscillate in a horizontal fashion. This
antenna is horizontally polarized.
Next, we add a back reflector one eighth of a wavelength behind the feed, so that all the energy is radiated
in the same direction and we have an antenna of about
12dBi gain.
Let’s make one
The tools you’ll need for this antenna include:
· Drill
· Drill bits
· Screwdriver
· Soldering iron
· Rivet gun
· RG58 Crimping tool
The first thing to realise is that we only need to weatherproof the BiQuad feed, not the reflector.
While it would not particularly matter if the back
reflector did rust, many hardware stores (in Australia!)
sell ready-made, galvanized antcaps for stopping white
ants (termites) coming up the stumps or piers and into
the house timbers . . . perfect for a homebrew microwave
antenna!
And if your hardware store does not sell antcaps, it’s
As the wave travels around the loops, the signal appears
to move from side to side
46 Silicon Chip
Side-on view of the AntCap antenna showing both front
and rear. Construction is very simple – basically it’s just
a single PC board (the actual antenna) inside a weatherproof case, fastened to an antcap (the reflector) with a
V-block/U-bolt mounting assembly on the rear.
easy enough to make your own from a piece of light weight
Zincalume or galvanized sheet steel.
Step-by-step
1. Mark center of ant cap.
2. Place short arm of Bracket against the back of the
ant-cap, with center hole lined up with the center of
the antcap, and aligned ‘square’ with the edges of the
ant-cap. Drill four holes to suit your rivets. Note: The
bracket purchased from Bunnings has four small and
one large hole pre-drilled on each face.
3. Drill two holes on long arm of bracket to suit your
V-clamp.
4. Rivet bracket to ant-cap.
5. Place enclosure base over the center of the front of the
An AntCap with the cover removed showing the BiQuad
feed PC board inside the weatherproof box.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Parts List – AntCap Antenna
1 AntCap 125 x 125 x 50mm (Bunnings 1079234)
1 “Angle-Pergola” Bracket 88 x 63 x 36mm
(Bunnings 1071032)
1 BiQuad PC board, 55 x 98mm, coded SC06108031
4 M4x20 screws (Bunnings 643277 [pack of 20])
4 1/4" spring washer, 1mm thick (Bunnings 2446511
[pack of 50])
1 V-Clamp, for mounting
(Jaycar LT-3235)
4 1/8" or 3mm rivets
1 Tube of flexible, waterproof caulk
1 IP65-rated enclosure, 115 x 64 x 40
(Jaycar HB-6122)
4 M3 x 25 Nylon screws
(Jaycar HP-0142)
4 M3 Nylon nuts (Jaycar HP-0146)
2 M3 x 20 Nylon spacer (Altronics H-1327
[pack of 100])
1 N connector, jack, RG58, crimp (see www.gordontech.com.au Part No. B30-330C)
1 0.4m length RG58-9006 low loss external coax
(Rob Clark www.erlang-software.com/FreeNet)
And here’s a front-on view showing how the box
containing the antenna PC board is fixed in the exact
centre of the ant cap. This antenna has a narrow beam.
ant cap. Align enclosure to be ‘square’ with the antcap.
6. Drill four 4mm dia holes (one in each corner of the
enclosure) through the ant cap
7. Rotate enclosure 90°. Drill four more holes at corners.
8. Locate the top-half of the enclosure. The top has four
brass mounting nuts embedded in the plastic (these
are NOT the ones at the corners; they are ‘inside’ the
enclosure.
9. Using a hot soldering iron, remove and throw away
each of these embedded nuts. Insert soldering iron
into the nut, and gently rotate it out as the plastic
starts to melt.
10. Insert the supplied gasket into the groove in the enclosure. The gasket is too long; cut as needed.
The PC board removed from the box, showing how simply
the coaxial cable connects to each dipole.
www.siliconchip.com.au
11. Drill two small (!!) holes in the PCB. Each hole goes
near the center of the two short parallel tracks, near
the center of the BiQuad. These holes are for the Coax
connection
12. Drill 4 x 3mm holes in the PC board as follows: 15mm
either side of the center axis, and inline with the ‘top’
and ‘bottom’ points of the BiQuad. (See figure)
13. Assemble the N-connector onto one end of the coax
cable.
14. Locate the base of the enclosure. The base has the
groove for the gasket. Drill a 5mm hole in one of the 64
x 40mm faces.
15. Remove 5mm of external insulation of other end of
9006 coax. Separate and fold back the shield. Remove
4mm of internal insulation. Twist the shield so that it
resembles a piece of wire than can go through one of the
small holes in the PC board. You may have to use only
50% of the shield wire or it ends up too thick. Solder
the shield braid together to form the ‘wire’.
16. Cut the spacers so that you have four pieces, each
8.5mm long. NOTE: The objective is to have the BiQuad
15mm from the antcap (reflector). Using the parts specified
here, the spacing is:
Head of nylon screw:
2mm
Thickness of enclosure wall:
3mm
Spacer: 8.5mm
Thickness of PC board: 1.5mm
Total: 15mm
If you are using different size components, adjust the
spacer length as needed.
17. Cut corners of PC board as needed to fit into bottom
of enclosure
18. With PC board centered in the bottom of the enclosure, drill four 3mm holes through the bottom of the
enclosure
19. Assemble PC board into enclosure using: four nylon
screws, four spacers, PC board, and four nylon Nuts.
Check that the PC board sits ‘flat’. Remove four nylon
August 2003 47
References and URLS:
www.erlang-software.com/FreeNet
More antenna information and designs by the author, including the 6dBi Brick antenna, and the 29 dBi Satenna.
Terminology
802.11b A wireless ethernet standard using a 2.4GHz
carrier, and supporting 11Mbps
www.nodedb.com/australia
List of FreeNet nodes in Australia
802.11g An emerging wireless ethernet standard;
2.4GHz carrier, and 54Mbps
www.qsl.net/n1bwt/contents.htm
Online Microwave Antenna Book
Channel 802.11b channels are in fact spread-spectrum
frequency ranges; each 24 MHz wide, defined by their
center frequency. The main channels in use are Ch1 =
2412MHz (2400 to 2424), Ch 6 = 2437 (2425 to 2449),
and Ch11 = 2462 (2450 to 2474)
melbourne.wireless.org.au/tib
Cheap WiFi parts
www.acma.gov.au/aca_home/legislation/radcomm/
acts/radcom/spread_2002.pdf
The official word on licensing of WiFi (Spread Spectrum)
equipment in Australia
nuts, and PC board.
20. Thread the un-terminated end of the coax through the
5mm hole in the side of the enclosure.
21. Pass the ends of the 9006 coax through the two small
holes in the PCB. The solder-side of the PC board should
be facing out when done.
22. Solder the two ends of the coax to the PC board
tracks.
23. Place some flexible caulking compound on the coax,
just below the PCB
24. Using the four Nylon nuts, re-install the PC board on
the four Nylon screws/spacers. As you do this, the coax
goes back out the hole in the enclosure and should drag
some caulking compound with it, making a waterproof
seal.
25. Consider polarisation. The orientation of the enclosure
dBi 0dBi is reference gain seen with an Isotropic (all
directions) antenna. Every 3dB increase (approx.) represents a doubling of intensity.
dBm 0 dBm equals 1 milliwatt. Every 3dB increase
(approx.) represents a doubling of power.
EIRP Effective Isotropic Radiated Power. For unlicensed
WiFi use in Australia, your EIRP must remain below 4W
(= 36dBm). If you have a standard 30mW (15 dBm) WiFi
transmitter, then the maximum antenna gain you are
allowed is 36-15 = 21dBi.
Gain Antenna gain is measured in dBi. As antennas
have no active components (eg amplifiers), they get
their gain by focusing the signal into narrow beams.
Much like a lighthouse appears to have a brighter light
than it really has.
Polarisation Imagine you could see a 2.4 GHz transmitter and it looked like a light beam. If it went side-toside, the beam is Horizontally polarized; up-and-down,
Vertically polarized, and round in a circle, Circularly
polarized.
WiFi ‘Wireless Fidelity’. A catch-all name for standards-based wireless ethernet
.
06108031
defines the polarisation. Keep in mind that with the enclosure VERTICAL, the antenna has a HORIZONTALLY
polarized signal. The pictures show an antenna that
is suitable for either a vertical mounting pole with a
horizontally polarised signal, or a horizontal mounting
pole with a vertically polarised signal.
26. Using the M4 screws, and the spring washers, assemble
everything together. The screws pass as follows:
– through the BACK of the ant-cap
– through a spring washer
– through the bottom of the enclosure
– into the top of the enclosure
SC
Where do you get one?
Same-size artwork
for the PC board
“Biquad” antenna.
48 Silicon Chip
The parts are available from the places shown in the
article. Alternatively, you can purchase individual components, or fully assembled antennas, from Rob Clark.
See www.erlang-software.com/FreeNet/ForSale
www.siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
Low-cost dual
digital dice
This simple dual digital dice is
based on three low-cost ICs, a few
transistors and a handful of LEDs.
IC1a & IC1b operate as an oscillator
with a frequency of about 4kHz and
this clocks IC2. The frequency of
oscillation is not critical – it simply
needs to be high enough to prevent
cheating.
IC2 and IC3 are 4516 binary
counters, configured to count in
binary from 1-6. A power-on reset
is not required here since, if the
initial state is outside the correct
www.siliconchip.com.au
range, the counters will count into
the correct range after a few clock
pulses.
Let’s first consider how IC2 operates. When the counter reaches
“7” (ie, 111), the AND gate formed
by diodes D1 & D2 and the 47kΩ
resistor applies a high to the PE pin
(pin 1). This presets the counter to 1
(ie, 001) and so PE goes low again.
The counter then increments in
the normal manner until it reaches
“7” again.
Counter IC3 operates in the same
manner except that the clock signal
is derived from IC2’s O3 output.
The counter outputs (O1, O2 &
O3) drive NPN transistors Q1-Q6
and these in turn drive the LEDs
(ie, the LEDs indicate the states of
the counters). Normally, the count
ers are incrementing continuously
and the LEDs all appear to be lit.
However, when pushbutton switch
S1 is pressed, pin 6 of IC1c goes
low and pin 9 of IC1d pulls the Ci
input of IC2 high, thus stopping the
counters.
Finally, toggle switch S2 allows
the user to choose between having
two dice operating simultaneously
or just one.
Len Cox,
Forest Hill, Vic. ($40)
August 2003 57
Circuit Notebook – continued
Maximum/minimum
voltage indicator
This circuit indicates which of three voltages in the range
from about about -4V to about +4V – at A, B and C – is the
highest by lighting one of three indicator LEDs. Alternatively,
it can be wired to indicate the lowest of three voltages or to
indicate both the highest and lowest voltages.
Op amps IC1a, IC1b & IC1c are wired as comparators, while
the three indicator LEDs and their series 1kΩ current limiting
resistors are strung across the op amp outputs to implement
the appropriate logic functions. For example, LED A will light
only when pin 8 of IC1c is low (ie, A > B) and pin 7 of IC1b
is high (ie, A > C).
Similarly, LED B will light only when pin 8 of IC1c is high
(ie, B > A) and pin 1 of IC1a is low (ie, B > C). LED C works
in similar fashion if the voltage at C is the highest.
Note that if all the LEDs and their parallel 1N4148 diodes
are reversed, the circuit will indicate the lowest of the three
input voltages. And if each 1N4148 diode is replaced by a
LED, the circuit will indicate both the highest and lowest
inputs.
Andrew Partridge,
Kuranda, Qld. ($30)
Halogen lamp dimmer
with soft start
Most dimmers use pulse width
modulation (PWM) to control the
amount of power that is delivered to
the lamp. Those that come bundled
with a switch faceplate control the
firing angle of a Triac on the 240V
mains side. These work fine with resistive loads but may not be suitable
for inductive loads such as low-voltage halogen lamp transformers.
This circuit also employs PWM
but it switches at a high frequency
(22kHz) on the low-voltage side of
the lamp transformer. This high frequency also simplifies EMI filtering.
Further
more, because this circuit
is isolated from the mains by the
transformer, it is relatively safe to
build and install.
IC1 is a standard 555 astable
oscillator with a high duty cycle. It
produces a narrow negative-going
pulse at its pin 3 output approximately every 45µs (ie, the frequency
of oscillation is about 22kHz). These
pulses trigger IC2, another 555 timer,
this time wired as a variable mono
stable.
IC2’s pin 3 output is normally
58 Silicon Chip
low which means that its internal
discharge transistor is on and the
1nF capacitor on pins 6 & 7 is discharged. However, when the mono
stable is triggered (by IC1), its output
goes high, the internal discharge
transistor turns off and the 1nF
capacitor charges via VR1 & VR2
until it reaches 2/3Vcc. At this
point, the output at pin 3 switches
low again.
Each time pin 3 of IC2 goes high,
it turns on power Mosfet transistor
Q1 which in turn switches on the
lamp.
Potentiometer VR2 is used to
control the time it takes the 1nF
capacitor to charge to the threshold
voltage and thus sets the width of
the output pulses. At maximum
resistance, the pulse width is 55µs.
This is longer that the 45µs period
of oscillator IC1, and so IC2’s pin 3
output is high for 100% of the time
and the lamp operates with maximum brightness.
Now consider what happens if
the monostable’s period is shorter
than the astable’s. In this case,
each time IC1’s pin 3 output goes
low, pin 7 of IC1 also goes low
and discharges IC2’s 1nF timing
capacitor via D3. This retriggers
the monostable.
As a result, IC2 is triggered at a
22kHz rate and produces variable
width pulses depending on the setting of VR2. It’s output in turn pulses
Q1 to control the lamp brightness.
D2 isolates IC1’s timing circuitry
from IC2’s. VR1 is used to set the
minimum lamp brightness when
VR2 is at minimum resistance. If this
control is not required, VR1 can be
replaced with a 1.8kΩ resistor.
The 220µF capacitor on pin 5 of
IC2 provides a soft-start facility to
prolong lamp life. Initially, when
power is first applied, the 220µF
capacitor is discharged and this
lowers the threshold voltage (which
is normally 2/3Vcc). That in turn
results in shorter pulses at the output. As the 220µF capacitor charges, the threshold voltage gradually
increases until the circuit operates
“normally”.
For the prototype, Q1 was a
BUK553-60A, rated at 60V, 20A &
75W. Q1’s maximum on-state resistance is 0.1Ω, so switching a 4A lamp
load results in a maximum power
dissipation of 1.6W. The bridge rectifier comes in at around 5W and so
www.siliconchip.com.au
CONTRIBUTE
AND WIN!
Correction – 100V line connection for SC480 amplifier
The circuit showing how to connect a 100V line
transformer top the SC480 module in last month’s
issue was incorrect. It showed a 1N5404 diode connected from -40V to 0V. It should have connected to
the amplifier output instead. The circuit is presented
correctly here.
SILICON CHIP.
both should be mounted on suitable
heatsinks. The power dissipation in
the bridge rectifier can be reduced by
using power Schottky diodes rated
at 5A or more.
The output of 555 timer IC2 is
www.siliconchip.com.au
As you can see, we pay
good money for each of
the “Circuit Notebook”
contributions published
in SILICON CHIP.
But now there’s an
even better reason
to send in your
circuit idea:
starting next month,
the best contribution published will win
one of these superb Peak Atlas LCR Meters valued at around $195.00.
So don’t keep that brilliant circuit secret
any more: send it to SILICON CHIP and
you could be a winner!
capable of directly driving several
Mosfets (up to four in tests). Note,
that if the Mosfet is going to be some
distance from the 555, it will be
necessary to buffer it.
Power for the control circuitry is
derived from 3-terminal regulator
REG1 which produces an 8V rail.
This in turn is fed from the output
of the bridge rectifier via diode D1
Dennis Chuah,
Waitakere City, NZ. ($50)
August 2003 59
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
The set without a chassis
I’ve got rather a mixed bag this month,
including an 80cm set that came in without a
chassis! There are also several fairly routine
faults and finally, a set that literally came
good by itself!
One evening, just as I was closing
up to go home, a young man in a fairly
excited state arrived and began knocking on the door. I let him in and asked
him what he wanted and he replied
“What do you charge to provide and
replace a part for a TV?”
It was the way he phrased this that
threw me. So I asked him what part,
which set was it for and where did he
want it putting?
“Look”, he explained, “I have a TV
– in the car – it has a part missing and
I want you to put it in”.
I thought I had better check this out
and so we went over to a small 3-door
hatchback. He opened the tailgate and
inside was a monster TV. Truly, I don’t
know how he managed to get it into
such a tiny car.
The set must have been an 80cm
model and was face down. The brand
was Grundig but something wasn’t
quite right about the whole thing. I
persuaded the animated young man
to start at the beginning and tell me
what happened.
Eventually, the story came out. The
set had belonged to a company and had
been sent out for repair by a service
organisation. However, the quote to
fix the set had been too high and the
company decided to buy a new TV
instead. Our young man had offered
them $200 to purchase the old set and
brought it to me to be fixed.
It was then I noticed what was really
wrong with the set – there were large
holes in the back. These are normally
filled with an A-V connection panel
and a closer inspection revealed that
the entire chassis was missing! I didn’t
think my potential client was prepared
to pay for me to replace that!
Somewhat humbled, the
young man went back to
find out where the rest of
his set was – I never saw
him or the set again!
Faulty Sanyo
It seems that most problems associated with
Sanyo CTVs, which are
generally very reliable,
are caused by faulty
high-value resistors, in
particular 120kΩ 0.5W
units. For years, these
resistors have failed in
the start-up circuit for the
switchmode power supplies from the A1 series
to the A8 – well over 10
60 Silicon Chip
years, in fact. Perhaps it’s Australia’s
harsh weather conditions that make
this one value fail so often?
Recently, I had a Sanyo C25PG51
(AA1-A25 chassis series) with no
picture or on-screen display. It didn’t
take long with an oscilloscope to realise that the signal was getting as far
as the CRT panel where it disappeared
into a morass of transistors. All the
voltages seemed correct everywhere
I measured and I was beside myself
with what could be wrong.
I was only saved when I spied what
I thought was one of these resistors.
Actually, it turned out to be a 220kΩ
unit and it was marked R792 on the
PC board. It measured open circuit and
replacing it fixed the problem.
Later, I tried to identify it on the
circuit diagram but was unable to do
so with any degree of certainty. That’s
because all of the components are
marked on the circuit with a 4-digit
code after the “R’ – ie, there is no
R792. I can only assume that it is either
R2792 or R1792, the latter a 120kΩ
unit from the +210V rail to the base
of each of the three push pull video
output stages.
Another Sanyo
Mrs Talbot’s Sanyo CPP-2140 (A3C21 chassis series) had no colour on
any channels, including the AV inputs
(I always interrogate the customer on
these little details as it may only be
an aerial or tuning problem). Sometimes, you can be lucky and trouble
shoot these in the home but, more
often than not, it needs to be in the
workshop with an oscilloscope and
a service manual. Well, at least I had
the former and a circuit for a similar
chassis model.
The main difficulty, as far as I am
concerned, is that there is no easy
way to troubleshoot the jungle IC
(IC101, LA7680) for colour faults.
The colour killer circuit at pins 41
(6.2V) and 39 (5.6V) could not be
overridden, either by tying them to
www.siliconchip.com.au
the 9V rail or to ground. This would
have been really useful as I could
then work out from the picture which
area to attack.
For example, if the colour was running, I could examine the reference
oscillator, burst and ident and line
pulses for synchronisation.
I started by checking the DC voltages
around the jungle IC to find them all
pretty well spot on. I then checked the
reference oscillator crystal on pin 16
with the CRO and a frequency counter
– it was spot on at 4.43MHz.
By connecting a colour bar generator to the AV socket, I could see the
chroma signal on pin 40 but nothing
was coming out at pin 14. Obviously,
the bandpass amplifiers were not being
switched on, but why?
Because of the nature of large scale
integration, it is not possible to have
access to a lot of the circuitry inside
such an IC or even guess how it works.
Because of the work involved, I was
extremely reluctant to change the IC
but was finally about to do this when
I noticed that by freezing and touching the components feeding pin 17, I
could occasionally could get a flash
of colour.
Pin 17 APC F (6.2V) feeds the VCO
and ACC parts of the decoder. This in
turn is fed by a twin resistor divider
from the Vcc rail – R263 (220kΩ) and
R264 (3909kΩ). The latter had gone
very high in value and replacing
it dropped the voltage to 5.9V and
brought the colour back. However,
just why lowering the voltage to an
unpublished figure should fix the
problem is beyond me!
The old Sony
An old Sony KV-2113GE came into
the workshop with the fault description “sound low and unclear”.
When I switched it on, the picture
was fine but the sound was intermit-
Items Covered This Month
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sanyo C25PG51 TV set
(AA1-A25 chassis).
Sanyo CPP-2140 TV set (A3C21 chassis series).
Sony KV-2113GE TV set.
Panasonic TC-36PM10A (MX-7
chassis) TV set.
STA TVP-50505K 46cm TV set.
Philips 29PT9418/79R TV set
(MG3.1A chassis).
www.siliconchip.com.au
tently poor. Suspecting electrolytic
capacitors and dry joints, I gave the
power supplies and audio output
stages a good going over but the fault
remained, even when I applied freezer
and heat.
I was about to replace the audio
output IC when I decided to remove
the loudspeaker, as the leads weren’t long enough to enable me to
work on the chassis and still
have it connected. It was then
that I noticed that touching
the cone of the loudspeaker
made a difference.
A close examination revealed that there was a bad
connection between the copper
braid and the voice coil that’s
attached to the cone. After
messing around with it for a
while, I ended up replacing
the loudspeaker, which fixed
the problem.
Bread and butter
Panasonic IC451 vertical
output ICs have helped put
bread on the table for me and
others for many years; in particular,
the dry joints on the inadequate solder
pads provided on the PC boards on all
models. That is, until recently – from
the MX-7 chassis onwards, the soldering has been perfect, only now on
the MX-8 chassis, the 1Ω 1W fusible
resistors randomly blow and on the
M-17 chassis, the LA7833 destroys
itself, taking the feed resistor as well.
On the EURO3 chassis, the resistor
is replaced by a “button” fuse which
blows when the IC fails. The C150A
chassis has the worst combination of
faults. As the dry joints deteriorate,
IC451 (LA7838) and C455 (100µF, 35V)
begin to fail and the set’s protection
circuit starts to operate as the 12V
rail becomes loaded down under the
strain. This gives the effect of the set
intermittently not wanting to start.
Ironically, when the set does start,
the picture and sound are excellent. If,
at this stage, the dry joints aren’t fixed
and C455 immediately replaced, the
IC will fail completely.
The problem is that you spend hours
trying to troubleshoot an elaborate
power supply when it is a vertical
timebase fault. This is compounded with an intermittent shutdown
problem on earlier models due to the
overcurrent protection circuit (D836)
being too sensitive. R835, R848, C831
and C838 were changed in values to
overcome this.
Mrs Lawson’s Panasonic
Mrs Lawson brought in her Pan
asonic TC-36PM10A (MX-7 chassis)
portable, complaining that the set
wouldn’t go. Fortunately for me, she
mentioned that just before it finally
wouldn’t work anymore, the width
was intermittently too wide.
When I switched it on, all I got was
the LED flashing slowly – obviously
the protection circuit was working.
The problem with protection circuits
is that they are difficult to find, understand and disable without causing
major damage, and all too often are
faulty themselves.
In this instance, I was extremely
grateful for Mrs Lawson’s final comment about the width. After measuring
the main B+ rail to see it was correct
and steady, I concentrated my search
around the horizontal deflection
circuit. Unplugging the horizontal
defection yoke plug (DYH) restored
the sound and I had a vertical white
line down the screen.
Well, it could have been that the yoke
was short circuit but it was more likely
to be a fault in the east-west correction
circuit. I checked D556 and D557 and
was working my way towards IC701
August 2003 61
Serviceman’s Log – continued
better half arrived and put them both
in order!
Dead & urgent
(TEA2031A) when I examined L701.
There was a slight discolouration on
the outside and it looked as though
it had been under stress. My circuit
showed it as an 8.2mH coil but my
meter read only 0.1mH. A new one
fixed the problem completely.
Ooh, la la
An interesting set came in last week.
It was a French Samsung televideo
all the way from La Belle France. Mrs
Serviceman was completely taken in
by Jean-Paul’s accent and there were
hormones and pheromones flying
everywhere. In fact, she was so besotted by him that she barely noticed
what it was she was booking in.
It, in fact, was a 1997 TVP-50505K
STA 48cm set using a SCV11A chassis
which was made in Spain (a multi
standard model). The fault was that
it tried to start and cut out after five
seconds.
I managed to hire a service manual
for a similar model using the SCV11
chassis but its power supply bore no
resemblance to this set. I knew that
the main B+ should be +125V and I
soon discovered that it came from
D812k and the switchmode power
supply. My meter showed this momentarily reading +170V before it
closed down.
Without a close circuit diagram
to refer to, I knew it was going to be
difficult. I started by replacing four
electros in the “hot” side of the power
supply and two on the secondary to no
avail. I then replaced the STRS6707
chopper IC (IC801) but this also
proved futile.
I was trying to figure out how the
switchmode power supply worked
when I realised there was an optocoupler and the control circuit was
on the secondary side. It was at this
point that I was exceedingly lucky to
see and recognise Q803 as an SE125
– a 125V control IC driver. These are
notoriously unreliable in all brands of
sets and replacing it cured the fault.
The next problem was trying to tune
the set. It is fitted with two parallel
digitally operated tuners on the main
chassis.
I can only speculate that one was for
the TV and the other for the VCR. Of
course, the menus on the OSD were all
in French and so was the instruction
booklet. Eventually I found the menu
to change the language to English and
was then able to set up the tuning and
controls, though I didn’t discover how
to tune the second tuner.
Jean-Paul was ever so delighted and
Mrs Serviceman was on the verge of
eloping with him when his gorgeous
Today, I had a very unsatisfactory
outcome with Mrs Tay
lor’s Philips
29PT9418/79R (MG3.1A chassis)
which was brought in as dead and
marked urgent.
When I checked it, the set would
switch on to the Standby Red LED
mode. When the remote power button
was pressed, the Red LED became
green, then yellow and then red before
flashing.
According to the service manual,
the way to fix this is to just plug in
your DST (Dealer Service Tool) and
it will tell you what is wrong. The
trouble is that this is rather expensive
to buy at around $500 – assuming
that it’s available. It is rather like an
ordinary remote control, except that
it has 2-way communication with the
TV and can read and write data to and
from the set.
Anyway, I had to troubleshoot this
set the old-fashioned way with a
multimeter.
Access to the underside of the PC
boards is extremely difficult, the
exception being the power supply B
board on the righthand side. What I
needed was good access to the line
output transistor but this required
removing an awful lot of plastic
architecture and support frames for
each of the boards. What’s more, these
New From
SILICON C
HIP
THE PROJECTS: High-Energy Universal Ignition System; High-Energy
Multispark CDI System; Programmable Ignition Timing Module; Digital
Speed Alarm & Speedometer; Digital Tachometer With LED Display;
Digital Voltmeter (12V or 24V); Blocked Filter Alarm; Simple Mixture
Display For Fuel-Injected Cars; Motorbike Alarm; Headlight Reminder;
Engine Immobiliser Mk.2; Engine Rev Limiter; 4-Channel UHF Remote
Control; LED Lighting For Cars; The Booze Buster Breath Tester; Little
Dynamite Subwoofer; Neon Tube Modulator.
ON SALE AT SELECTED NEWSAGENTS
Mail order prices:
Aust: $14.95 (incl. GST & P&P)
NZ/Asia Pacific: $18.00 via airmail
Rest of World: $21.50 via airmail
Or order by phoning (02) 9979 5644 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details to (02) 9979 6503; or mail
your order with cheque or credit card details to Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
62 Silicon Chip
www.siliconchip.com.au
boards are interconnected via
concealed locking plastic clips
as well as by screws, not to
mention cables in cable ties.
It is very easy to break a lot of
this if you cannot fathom out
how they all interlock.
The first thing was to establish to what extent the power
supply was working. It had to
be working a little for the LED to
come on at all (ie, the +5V standby).
I tried to measure the nine voltage
output rails but the power supply
closed down too soon to allow
this. I then tried overriding the
protection system by unsolder
ing D6271 to transistor 7250
but this made no difference.
However, disconnecting D6270
from the Standby rail made the
power supply stay on and I was
able to confirm that all rails were
working OK.
The next step was to examine the
deflection board (A1). After a very
long time, I managed to detangle the
wiring and plastic support brackets
to check out the soldering. All
was OK and so I checked the line
output transistor (7421, BU2520
DX) with an ohmmeter – it too
was OK.
Next, I checked to see if there was
+141V to the collector of this transistor. This was correct so I decided
to check the line drive. First, I had
to reconnect protection diode D6270
as there would be no output from the
oscillator. I then traced the line drive
signal route from the small-signal panel surface-mounted IC via transistors
7407 & 7411 and transformer L5410
to the line output transistor.
When I switched the set on, the
waveform was only there momentarily
but it was good and strong until finally
I connected the probe to the collector
of the line output transistor. At first
it was like the rest of the set, with it
trying to come on but not staying on.
However, the second time I switched
on, the whole set suddenly came on
and stayed on.
No matter what I tried to do now,
the set just wouldn’t go off other than
by using the appropriate remote control or main switch. I bashed it, froze
it, heated it – I tried everything. The
!<at>#$% set had fixed itself!
Finally, I reassembled it and left it
on test but it just refused to show the
fault again.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Getting this far had taken me three
hours and now the set was fixed for
no apparent reason. I was left to
contemplate what to charge, what
to say and what to guarantee. Somehow, measuring the waveform on the
collector of the line output transistor
had shocked a faulty component into
working – but which one? I decided to
replace the line output transistor and
I told Mrs Taylor what had happened
and why I could only apply a limited
warranty. She was quite happy with
that and she paid for the transistor
and labour.
I was of course extremely unhappy
and am now just waiting for the recall.
Subsequently, we have had a lot of the
later Philips 29PT6361/79R sets which
employ an A10A chassis made in China. This set has a lot of intermittent
faults which can be identified if you
can get into the SDM (Service Dealer
Mode) and then the SAM (Service
Adjustment Menu) and read the error
codes.
Inevitably, it turns out to be the SSP
(Small Signal Panel) that needs to be
replaced, as this cannot be repaired
(the surface mounted chips are just
too small). However, the MG3.1 hasn’t
SC
yet needed this.
Project Reprints – Limited Back Issues –Limited One-Shots
If you’re looking for a project from ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA, you’ll find it at SILICON CHIP! We can now
offer reprints of all projects which have appeared in Electronics Australia, EAT, Electronics Today,
ETI or Radio, TV & Hobbies. First search the EA website indexes for the project you want and then
call, fax or email us with the details and your credit card details. Reprint cost is $8.80 per article
(ie, 2-part projects cost $17.60). SILICON CHIP subscribers receive a 10% discount.
We also have limited numbers of EA back issues and special publications. Call for details!
visit www.siliconchip.com.au or www.electronicsaustralia.com.au
August 2003 63
The PortaPAL
Fitting a Wireless Microphone
Back in the February and March issues, we described an all-new
portable PA System, the PortaPAL. It was always our intention to
add a wireless microphone to the system for extra versatility . . .
T
O SAY THAT the PortaPAL PA
Amplifier has stirred up a lot of
interest is something of an understatement. We’ve fielded a lot of enquiries
here at SILICON CHIP – not the least of
which was “is there a kit available.”
If we might digress for a moment
and answer that question, Altronics
(1300 797 007) have produced “short
form” kits for both the amplifier and
the power supply/charger.
By short form, they mean that the
PC boards and all the electronics are
supplied but not the “hardware”,
although the heatsink and a screened
front panel/chassis are included in
the main amplifier kit.
The main amplifier kit (Cat. K5360)
sells for $179.95, while the power
supply/charger kit (Cat K1695) sells
for $19.95. So for less than $200 (not
much less, but less!) you get the bulk
of the project. Compare this with
$575 for Altronics nearest “built up”
equivalent and it represents very good
value for money.
What don’t you get? You have to
supply all of the timber/woodwork,
box hardware (corner protectors/top
hat, handle, etc) and the speaker carpet. Importantly, the amplifier kit also
does not include the speaker itself.
The power supply kit contains only
the PC board and on-board components – it does not include the 12V
battery or the AC plugpack.
Altronics General Manager Brian
Sorensen told us that they had decided
to go the “short form” route to make
the kit as versatile as possible. “Many
people want to make variations to the
basic design,” he said, “and our kits
make this easy.”
Yes, you’re still going to have to
build the box. But we showed you how
64 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Revisited:
to do that in the March issue.
OK, so that’s the kit out of the way.
Now let’s get back to the purpose of
this article: adding a wireless microphone.
But first, we might have a quick look
at wireless microphones in general.
VHF vs UHF
Until fairly recently (the last couple
of years or so), by far the majority of
wireless microphones used in Australia were VHF models – especially
for non-professional and semi-professional applications. Most transmitted
in the band between about 150MHz
and 210MHz, which is predominantly
occupied by television stations.
By judicious choice of frequencies
according to your area, you could obtain a wireless mic that didn’t suffer
interference from either a TV audio or
video signal. (Given the dramatically
higher transmission levels of a TV
station compared to the wireless mic
– a hundred thousand watts or more
compared to a few milliwatts – the TV
station always won any battle!)
But even that cosy situation changed
when the government (in their wisdom) decided to introduce VHF digital
TV services in the “gaps” between
analog TV services. So if you take
Sydney for example, TV channels 6,
8, 11 and 12 became “no go” zones for
wireless microphones.
The vast majority of those who
already had wireless mics on these
frequencies (and there were literally
thousands upon thousands of them)
simply had to replace them. There was
a flurry of activity on Ebay and similar
auction sites as those “in the know”
unloaded what were about to become
paperweights.
Some very fortunate people, especially outside the capital cities, were
able to buy cheap VHF wireless mics
which were, and arguably forever will
be, perfectly usable in their locations
because there was no VHF station,
analog or digital, using that frequency
in their area (most non-metro digital
signals are or will be UHF).
Part 3:
by ROSS TESTER
But most people do live in metropolitan areas – state capitals, mainly,
which by and large all have the same
2/7/9/10 VHF TV bandplan. Ergo, the
same 6,8,11,12 digital bandplan.
It’s true that there remains a very
small window between TV channels 9
and 10 which is (thus far) unallocated
and therefore remains usable for VHF
wireless microphones. But this space
has become somewhat crowded and
it’s not unusual for a sports announcer
to have the local gym instructor belting
out her movements on the same channel. (Trust me, I speak from experience
here . . .)
So what is the alternative?
It’s quite difficult to buy a VHF wireless microphone these days. To avoid
the digital TV problem, most have gone
into the UHF band – up around the
800MHz mark or even higher.
The frequency collisions of VHF
aside, UHF does have some significant
advantages for users. First, antenna
lengths are less – much less. A typi-
The “Redback” 16-Channel Mini
Wireless Microphone System from
Altronics. It operates on the UHF
band, away from digital TV
interference. In the receiver pack,
you get the diversity receiver, 12V
plugpack supply, 6.5mm to 6.5mm
audio cable, “screwdriver” (for
adjusting squelch level), the 2-part
mounting bracket and the two
screws to fix it to the receiver. The
microphone is sold separately.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 65
Here’s that two-part mounting bracket
which makes it so easy. One part
screws to the back of the receiver
while the other attaches to the surface
on which it is to sit. Push one part
inside the other and . . . presto!
It’s just as hard to get a decent photo inside the completed PortaPAL case as it is
to get enough room to install the mounting bracket! This shot looks down into
the well, the bracket on the left (the black disc on the right side is the top hat).
cal whip antenna at 200MHz is about
300mm long, although loading within
the circuit might reduce this a bit.
At 800MHz, that has shrunk to about
90mm (or less). Second, when using
a “diversity” system of reception,
the two antennas do not have to be
anything like as far apart as on VHF
(the distance apart is a function of the
wavelength).
Diversity, by the way, refers to a system of reception where two separate
antennas and two separate receivers
are used, with the system determining
which has the best signal and automat-
ically selecting that one. It can (and
constantly does) switch back and forth
as signal levels change, particularly if
the radio signal source (eg, a wireless
mic!) is moving around. This is done in
a way which is completely transparent
to the user.
There are some disadvantages of
UHF. The main one is that UHF signals
are more readily blocked by the body,
as anyone who has used a modern
wireless mic will attest. One solution
is to always face the receiver/antenna –
but this is not always practical. Overall
range, too, is theoretically reduced on
Selecting the operating frequency is as easy as setting DIP switches on both the
microphone (transmitter) and receiver. But make sure both are the same, or you
won’t hear a thing. Two “AA” cells power the microphone/transmitter.
66 Silicon Chip
UHF – but in practice they tend to be
much the same.
And all that brings us back to our
selection of a wireless microphone for
the PortaPAL.
Size does matter!
There is not a great deal of room left
inside the PortaPAL case. And most
of the wireless microphone systems
around are built into 19-inch rack
mount cases – not because they need
to be but because that’s what the professionals demand.
At first, we thought that we might
have to mount the Wireless Microphone Receiver either on top of the
case or on one side. Apart from spoiling the aesthetics of the PortaPAL,
that would also place the receiver in a
position where it (or more particularly
its antennas) could be damaged (and
that’s easily done!).
Incidentally, you might wonder
why we did not look at building our
own wireless mic system. The reason
is threefold: (a) wireless microphones
are radio transmitters and as such
have to be “type approved”. It is not
economic or even practical to try to
obtain approval for a DIY UHF system;
(b) speaking of economics, it would
be difficult to build a system for what
you can buy them for and (c) building
anything for UHF requires rather specialised componentry, techniques and
most importantly test equipment that
the average hobbyist probably would
not possess.
So a commercial system it had to
be. Another thought that crossed our
minds was to “gut” a commercial receiver and just put the “works” inside
the PortaPAL. It’s messy and would
siliconchip.com.au
certainly void any warranty.
That’s when we spotted a couple
of much smaller receivers from our
old friends, Altronics. Sold under the
“Redback” brand, one was described
as “half rack” size (or about 240mm
wide) while another was even smaller
– a tiny 130mm wide (for the record,
130 x 90 x 35mm, plus antennas).
Both were 16-channel units, the
operating frequency being selected
by DIP switches on both the receiver
and transmitter. They could be used
in conjunction with up to five other
transmitter/receivers at the same location without interfering with each
other (in case you wanted to use them
for multiple performers, actors, etc).
In addition, both had either handheld or belt-pack transmitters available. We imagine most users would
prefer the hand-held mic (which we
chose) but the belt-pack also has its
uses – it allows the use of a headset
mic, for example, freeing up the user’s
hands.
Given the limited space inside the
PortaPAL case, we chose the smaller of
the two, the Redback C8866. And that
proved a wise decision – it fits inside
the case beautifully.
The smaller unit also had a price
advantage – almost $250 less than
the slightly larger model and $330
less than the rack-mounting model.
The inbuilt antennas are
both an advantage and a
disadvantage. They cannot
be removed to allow higher
gain antennas to be fitted but
they’re nice and small so there
is less risk of damage. They
can also swivel to ensure they
are always vertical, regardless
of whether the receiver sits
horizontally or vertically.
Of course, the rack-mounting model
is more a professional type, with increased specs and performance.
The main disadvantage of the Mini
Receiver compared to its big brothers
is that the very small (70mm high)
one-piece antennas do limit the range
and cannot be removed. In typical
(professional-type) use, if you are
after longest range, you would normally use external (gain?) antennas,
often mounted up high, usually with
a booster. But with this receiver, you
cannot do that. Given the majority of
uses for the PortaPAL, we don’t see
that as a major problem.
The antennas can swivel through
360° horizontal and nearly 180° vertical so can handle vertical, horizontal
or even angled mounting. (It’s quite important to have the antennas oriented
the same direction as the microphone
– ie, vertical).
On the plus side (if you’ll pardon the
pun), it was designed to operate from
a 12V DC plugpack. We already had a
perfectly good 12V supply inside the
PortaPAL, so would be able to operate
You can just see the receiver on the side wall of the PortaPAL – the two antennas are aligned vertically as this gives the
same polarity as the (normally) vertical microphone. As yet the power cable and audio output cable haven’t been installed.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 67
be used with similar wireless
mics to avoid interference
between them).
Still nothing? Ummm. . .
have you remembered to put
two “AA” cells into the microphone?
Now check to see what setting of the receiver “volume”
control is the most appropriate. If the fault LED lights, it’s
clipping and is too high.
Mounting it
The prototype PortaPAL
was made with an open well at
the bottom, alongside the battery compartment. The main
reason for this was to store the
Here’s how to permanently connect the audio output from the wireless mic
plugpack but could also store
receiver into the guitar input. Connection can be made to either the tracks under
microphone leads, etc.
the PC board or to the pins of the 6.5mm socket – it doesn’t matter which. Note the
It was also the perfect place
tracks underneath the socket which need to be cut to stop it shorting.
for mounting the wireless
mic receiver. It could mount
from that – completely portable, if we
6.5mm phone socket (a 6.5 to 6.5mm vertically on the side wall with room
wanted to.
lead is included). We wouldn’t need for the two antennas to also be posiOutput level is only stated as “line to open the receiver case at all!
tioned vertically. Being craftwood, the
level” (that usually means somewhere
Finally, the mounting of the receiver
PortaPAL case would not substantially
between 100mV and 1V) but as there
is delightfully simple. A miniature block the RF signal from the microwas also an inbuilt “volume” control 2-part mounting bracket is supplied: phone transmitter.
on the receiver, we didn’t see that as one half screws to the receiver, the
Well, maybe it was not the perfect
a problem.
other half to the mounting location place – ideally, we would have liked to
– and the receiver simply drops into
We had always intended to use the
mount the receiver higher to give it the
“guitar” input on the PortaPAL (16mV place. Easy!
best possible range. But we’re pretty
min, 1.9V overload) as the input for
happy with the range we achieved,
Test it out first!
our wireless mic so if there was any
along with the simplicity of receiver
overload problem, it would simply be
Assuming your PortaPAL is already mounting.
a matter of winding down the wick! constructed (or at least the electronics
Having said it was simple, mounting
(We could have just as easily used the
is complete) it’s a good idea to connect
the receiver was probably the hardest
“line in” socket but we often use this
the receiver (to the guitar input socket part, because we were doing it after
input for a cassette or CD player – and
via the 6.5mm to 6.5mm lead), plug the case was finished – after the horse
my guitar playing is about as good as in the plugpack and check that the
had bolted, so to speak. It would be
my quantum mechanics).
system works!
much easier done during the case
Of course, we could have also adYou should find that both receiver construction because you would have
justed the feedback resistors around and transmitter are set to channel 1 more room to work with.
the guitar input op amp (IC3) to de- as supplied from the factory but if the
How do you get the right spot for the
crease the sensitivity – but didn’t find
DIP switches are different on each you bracket? You could measure carefully
that necessary. If we ever do need a won’t hear a thing! (By the way, the and hope for the best, or you could do
guitar input, it’s still there!
wireless mic receiver is supplied with what we did: cheat!
Output from the receiver is via a
a chart showing which channels can
We used the photographer’s best
friend – Blu-tak™ (being a photographer helped – I had some on hand)!
Parts List – PortaPAL + Wireless Microphone
All you have to do is “sticky up”
some Blu-tak™ by briskly rubbing and
1 PortaPAL PA Amplifier (see SILICON CHIP, February & March 2003)
kneading it between your hands, then
1 “Redback” UHF diversity Mini Receiver (Altronics C8866)
sticking this onto the back of the rear
1 “Redback” UHF Wireless Microphone (Altronics C8872 or C8875)
half of the bracket (the bit that is to
1 300mm length of shielded audio lead
be screwed in) with the two halves of
1 300mm length light duty polarised figure-8 cable
the bracket assembled on the receiver.
1 6.5mm mono phono plug
Find the spot you want to mount the
1 2.5mm DC power plug
receiver, then press it firmly against
2 “piggyback” (or double adaptor) spade lugs
the wall. Hopefully, the Blu-tak™
2 woodscrews, 12mm long (for mounting bracket)
will stick to the surface and you can
68 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Here’s where we connected one of the
power leads. We found it easiest to
connect the +12V to a “double
adaptor” spade lug on the “fused”
side of the fuse, as shown in the above
photo . . .
. . . and 0V to another “double adaptor”
lug on the “–” connection to the power
supply PC board. Only the relevant
section of the board is shown at right.
Make sure you pick the correct spade
lug to fit the double adaptor to!
carefully slide the receiver off with the
back half of the bracket exactly where
you want it. It worked for us!
As there are only had two screws
to install it didn’t take too long (there
were a couple of barked knuckles and a
few undeleted expletives but we won’t
go into that).
Anyway, the receiver mounting
plate was secured and the receiver
(with the other half of the bracket
already affixed) was simply dropped
into place. This placed all of the receiver’s external connectors – power,
output (and also the screwdriver
socket to adjust the squelch level, if
required) on the top of the receiver
where they could be most easily got at.
The “volume” control was at the
bottom of the case but could still (just)
be reached and adjusted if needed.
Once the right level was set, though,
it could basically be forgotten.
the prototype) is a switching type,
which effectively shorts out the input
if nothing is plugged in. (The reason
for this is to minimise noise from the
unused input).
But that short creates a minor
problem after soldering the wireless
microphone output in parallel with
the socket: no audio signal!
Fortunately, the solution is very
simple – cut the two PC board tracks
shown (underneath the guitar input
socket) and the short disappears. Of
course, you could fit a non-switching/
shorting socket instead . . .
While we had the supplied 6.5 to
6.5mm lead and could have simply
chopped it off at a suitable length, we
were reticent to cut up a perfectly good
cable – one that might come in handy
for something else!
So we made up another short cable
from a 6.5mm plug and a 300mm
length of shielded audio cable and soldered it to the “input” PC board, where
the guitar input socket connects.
We similarly made up a power lead
using a 2.5mm DC plug and a length
of figure-8 cable. Note that the centre
of the socket is the positive – we don’t
know if there is any protection diode
inside the receiver (no, we didn’t even
lift the lid!) so don’t take a chance.
The opposite ends of the power lead
connect, naturally enough, to appropriate +12V and 0V points.
The +12V wire needs to connect to
a switched supply line. The easiest
source for this is right after the fuse.
We used a “double adaptor” spade lug
directly on the fuse terminal (on the
“fused” line to the PC board).
The 0V supply can go to a variety of
places, again using a double adaptor
Wire-in or plug-in?
There’s a choice here. You could
simply connect the 6.5mm lead to the
output of the receiver, out the back of
the PortaPAL and into the guitar input
on the panel and you would then have
a Wireless Mic system which could be
removed at will. It’s easy, but looks
just a bit messy.
Or you could wire the receiver
in permanently. We chose the latter
path because we didn’t intend ever
separating the receiver and PortaPAL
once finished. And even if we did, it
wasn’t too difficult to remove anyway.
Woops. . . It shorts out!
However, there is a “little” problem here: the 6.5mm socket shown
on the circuit diagram (and used in
siliconchip.com.au
space lug. We used the 0V supply
connection point on the power supply
PC board.
In use
There really isn’t much to tell here.
It works and that’s that! The instruction booklet supplied with the receiver
gives you several troubleshooting
steps, just in case.
The range of your wireless microphone can be significantly extended
by mounting the PortaPAL up high –
that’s why the top hat connector was
included.
You should be able to easily achieve
the stated 30m minimum and most of
the time, it should be 50m or better.
We mentioned before that the receiving antennas should be aligned
the same way as the microphone is
held. The reason for this is to achieve
maximum range.
It’s good practice to hold the microphone nearly vertical if that’s the
way the antennas are set because once
you depart from transmitter/receiver
antenna alignment, the signal loss
becomes significant.
(Besides, for both the microphone’s
sake and for personal hygiene it’s also
good practice to speak/sing across
a mic rather than directly into it, as
many performers are prone to do)!
Finally, wireless microphones are
no different to any other microphone
when it comes to acoustic feedback.
Avoid getting too close to the speaker
– especially at high volume levels.
Remember that the back of the unit
is not sealed so feedback can occur
SC
from both front and back.
August 2003 69
By THOMAS SCARBOROUGH
Want a flashy piece of jewellery for the love of your life? Then build
the “JAZZY HEART”, an eye-catching LED flasher in the shape of a
heart. It could be worn as a brooch or as a pendant.
H
ERE’S A PIECE OF JEWELLERY that you can
be sure is unique. Go to a party and you will
know that nobody else will be wearing something
like the Jazzy Heart.
It’s a heart-shaped LED flasher using two ICs and
eight different-coloured high brightness LEDs. It is
powered by a 12V miniature battery and turned on
and off by a mercury switch.
The Jazzy Heart randomly flashes eight LEDs
using just two common CMOS ICs. These LEDs
are arranged around the perimeter of a red plastic “heart” template (or for Christmas, a green
plastic “Christmas tree” template) to pulse eight
water-clear LEDs.
A special feature of the design is that all colour
LEDs (red, green, blue, etc) may be used in all eight
positions provided on the PC board while using
just a single current-limiting resistor.
The Jazzy Heart really is jazzy. It needs to be seen
to be appreciated – preferably accompanied with
a fast disco beat to accompany it!
All eight LEDs essentially flash at random – but
for fractions of a second, discernible patterns
emerge. The LEDs may briefly whirl clockwise or
anticlockwise, or bounce to and fro, sparkling in
their water-clear encapsulations.
Circuit description
In concept, the circuit is very simple. At its heart
lies a CMOS 4051 8-channel analog multiplexer.
This can be thought of a single-pole, 8-position
switch, with the important difference that the 4051
allows random access to each of the eight switch
positions.
This means that it does not need to sequence
through each of the eight positions as a normal
70 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the beauty of the circuit is its simplicity, which means it can be made nice and small for an eye-catching display!
switch would do but has the ability
to jump randomly from one position
to the next.
Pin 3 is the centre or common pole
of the switch, which is connected to
any given switch position (numbered
0 to 7).
This is done by means of a three-bit
binary number (or “word”) which is
presented to three “select” terminals
(pins 9 to 11). The “select” terminals
accept binary numbers ranging from
000 to 111 and decode them to the
eight separate switch positions.
Since only one 3-digit word can
be entered at a time, only one of the
output terminals can go “high” at any
time.
Each of the “select” terminals is fed
separately by an oscillator running at
about 5Hz. This means that each binary digit alternates between a binary
0 and 1 – independently of the other
two binary digits.
Thus a practically random 3-digit
binary word is generated, with the
LEDs dancing more or less at random
across switch positions 0 to 7, with
fleeting patterns emerging.
Since pin 3, the centre or common
pole in this circuit, is connected to
0V, each of the switch positions goes
“low” when connected. Therefore the
anodes of all the LEDs are connected
to +12V, through a common 1kΩ current-limiting resistor.
Note that when a switch position
is not connected to the common pole,
the corresponding LED is disconnect-
The two versions of the Jazzy
Heart – electronically they’re
the same but the one on the
right is meant for the
Festive Season. All it takes is
a change of cover (see inset
below). With just a bit more
judicious trimming, it could
also be made into a Shamrock
for St Paddy’s Day.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 71
Parts List – Jazzy Heart
1 heart-shaped PC board, 63mm x 60mm, code 08108031
1 Miniature mercury switch
4 10µF 16V electrolytic capacitors (or tantalums)
2 8mm crimp terminals for battery holder “end brackets”
1 Round head (No.2) paper fastener for battery holder negative terminal
1 red plastic sheet for Jazzy Heart fascia, 65mm x 65mm
1 green plastic sheet for Jazzy Christmas Tree fascia, 65mm x 65mm
1 5mm drill bit to drill plastic fascias (if required)
1 MN21, 23A or equivalent 12V (alkaline) battery
1 Suitable length of flexible wire or fishing line for “necklace”
Semiconductors
1 40106B hex Schmitt trigger (IC1)
1 4051B single 8-channel multiplexer (IC2)
1 1N4148 signal diode
2 5mm ultra-bright red water-clear LEDs
2 5mm ultra-bright yellow water-clear LEDs
2 5mm ultra-bright green water-clear LEDs
2 5mm ultra-bright blue water-clear LEDs
Resistors (0.25W 1%) 4-Band Code (1%) 5-Band Code (1%)
red red orange brown
red red black red brown
1 22kΩ
brown green orange brown brown green black red brown
1 15kΩ
brown black orange brown brown black black red brown
1 10kΩ
brown black red brown
brown black black brown brown
1 1kΩ
ed from the power supply. This is in
contrast with the 4028 CMOS IC, a
BCD-to-decimal decoder, which serves
a very similar function in digital circuits, but whose output terminals will
only go “high” or “low”.
Had a 4028 IC been used, the reverse voltage across the LEDs would
then have been 12V, which exceeds
the rating (of typical LEDs). While
the supply voltage could have been
reduced to overcome this, the design
could not then have accommodated
all colour LEDs.
Each of the three oscillators, based
on a Schmitt NAND gate, is very simple, requiring only one resistor and one
capacitor. For the purpose of preventing “frequency lock” (the tendency of
oscillators to “lock on” to one another
in close proximity), the values of the
capacitors are relatively large (10µF).
A 10µF supply decoupling capacitor is included for “good practice”,
although this is not strictly necessary.
For a less jazzy (that is, more sedate)
display, increase the values of the
capacitors, and vice versa.
Due to the relatively high supply
voltage (12V), and since only one
LED is flashed at a time, a single current-limiting resistor can be used for
all eight LEDs combined, thus simplifying and compressing the circuit.
While it would be possible to use
four or eight resistors, thus perfectly
matching them to each colour LED,
this would considerably increase the
component count, and is not necessary
in practice.
The result is an exceedingly compact
circuit, using just over one component
for each randomly flashing LED. Do
note, however, that when selecting
LEDs, the luminous intensity should
be roughly the same – or test first with
12V and a 1kΩ ballast resistor.
A miniature 12V battery is used (an
MN21 or 23A or similar) and a 1N4148
diode is employed for reverse polarity protection. The reason why the
diode is inserted in the 0V rail here is
simply because this suits the circuit
layout best.
A mercury switch was chosen to
switch off the circuit, partly because a
standard switch (even a miniature one)
would have taken up considerably
more space on the PC board.
With the mercury switch as shown,
the circuit is switched off as soon as
the PC board is laid flat or turned upside-down. The inhibit pin (pin 6) of
the 4051 CMOS IC is tied “low”. When
this pin is taken “high”, all switch
positions are disabled.
Finally, a question that is commonly
asked about the 4051 is what purpose
pin 7 (VEE, or A/D) serves. When this
terminal is tied “low”, the IC will
handle digital signals, as it does in the
present circuit.
On the other hand, when analog
signals need to be routed through the
Fig.2: here’s the PC
board layout and a
near-same-size photograph. Between the two
of them, you should
have no assembly
problems!
72 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: same-size templates for either the Jazzy Heart
or the Christmas Tree.
IC, this pin would normally be connected to the lowest voltage level in
the circuit. So, for instance, pins 16
and 7 could be connected to +6V and
-6V respectively, while pin 8 could be
connected to 0V. Thus analog voltages
of up to 12V could be handled with 6V
digital control signals.
Assembly
The Jazzy Heart is on a single PC
board measuring 63mm x 60mm, and
this is further cut and filed to shape
as shown.
To begin, the battery holder is constructed of two round 8mm crimp
terminals which are inserted into the
holes provided on the PC board. In the
prototype, a brass round head (No.2)
paper fastener was inserted into one
of the crimp terminals as shown and
soldered into place, to accommodate
the negative terminal of the battery.
Next, the resistors and capacitors
are soldered to the PC board, as well
as the 1N4148 diode and mercury
switch. Be careful with the polarity of
the capacitors and the diode.
Note that the mercury switch may
need its legs to be raised a little, so
that it is “off” when the circuit is laid
on its back.
Then solder the two ICs, observing
anti-static precautions (most importantly, touch your body to earth immediately before handling). Be quick with
the soldering iron, so as not to damage
siliconchip.com.au
the ICs. Alternatively, use dual-in-line
(DIL) sockets.
The CD40106BCN IC is recommended for the oscillator section – other
makes of the same IC may affect the
“speed” of the Jazzy Heart. If other
types are used, the capacitor values
may need to be changed (probably
reduced).
Solder the eight LEDs into place,
noting their correct orientation (the
“flat” on the encapsulation is the cathode). These LEDs are given fairly long
legs, such that a “heart” or a “Christmas tree” template can be slipped over
them after soldering. Thus they will
just stand proud of the other components on the PC board.
Some ultra-bright LEDs are static
sensitive, and anti-static precautions
may need to be observed.
Finally, you may wish to attach a
“necklace”, which may be made from
a flexible length of wire or fishing line
inserted through the holes provided
on the PC board and held with a knot
at each hole.
Then fit the battery into its holder,
taking care to insert it the correct way
round. The Jazzy Heart should “fire
up” as soon as it is vertical. When laid
flat, it will “go to sleep”.
Battery life
Since the circuit draws a current of
about 10mA, and the capacity of the
specified battery is typically 33mAh,
Fig.4: this is the full-size PC board
artwork. All of the “stripey” bits are
trimmed off.
the Jazzy Heart should flash for three
hours or more continuously before the
battery is exhausted.
These 12V batteries can be expensive but we have found a very cheap
source to be at bargain stores and
markets, where you can often pick up a
pack of two or three “no name” Asian
imports for a couple of dollars or so.
If a “Christmas tree” template is
used, the circuit will of course be positioned “upside-down”. In this case,
the position of the mercury switch will
need to be adjusted accordingly, so that
the Christmas tree is “on” when it is
SC
stood up vertically.
August 2003 73
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
Elan RMA-02 Challenger studio monitor amplifier
Elan Audio is one of Australia’s
leading producers of professional
audio equipment, widely used in recording studios and broadcast stations.
Their RMA-02 stereo power amplifier,
rated at 200W per channel is compact
but does not have fan cooling, to ensure quiet running at all times.
The RMA-02 Challenger is the
result of an interesting approach to
producing a high power stereo amplifier for studio monitoring use. It is
housed in a two-unit rack case and is
fitted with 3-pin XLR connectors for
its balanced inputs.
Its speaker outputs
are unbalanced and
uses large binding
post terminals. For
lightness and corrosion resistance
it uses an aluminium chassis and
it weighs just 6kg
all up. Separate
volume controls
are used for each
channel, although
we anticipate that
in most applications (driven by a
mixer) these would
be set to maximum level. The only
other control on the front panel is the
on/off switch.
So while many studio monitor
amplifiers tend to be big and bulky,
the RMA-02 is quite compact. This
has come about partly because the
designer, Poul Kirk, has opted for a
relatively modest power supply using
a compact toroidal power transformer
producing unregulated ±70V supply
rails. This arrangement gives good
headroom (ie, more music power
on typical program). As such, it is
intended for studio monitoring and
high quality domestic installation. According to the designer, it is definitely
not intended for disco, stage or sound
reinforcement work.
The power amplifiers themselves
use a fully symmetrical circuit, with
complementary differential input
74 Silicon Chip
stages, each with their own current
sources. The output stage employs
rugged 40MHz complementary bipolar
transistors, considered by Elan Audio
(and us!) to produce better quality
sound than power Mosfets.
Possibly the most interesting aspect
of the design is the use of a split feedback network with separate paths for
high frequencies and low frequencies.
There is heavy negative feedback at
low frequencies, giving low distortion
and high damping factor, as required
for good low frequency loudspeaker
performance. At the high frequencies,
feedback is more moderate and this
claimed to make the amplifier more
tolerant of unpredictable loading
effects of loudspeakers, crossover
networks and speaker cables.
As a result of the above design philosophy, the power ratings are quoted
as short term only, not continuous.
Power outputs are listed as 200W
RMS into 8Ω loads, 300W RMS into
4Ω loads and 400W RMS into 2Ω
loads, although testing at this latter
load impedance will blow the fuses.
Harmonic distortion is listed at .015%
or less at 1kHz at up to 100W and less
than 0.5% at 10kHz.
Signal-to-noise ratio is -102dB
unweighted (20Hz to 20kHz) with
respect to 100W into 8Ω.Frequency
response is very flat; 0dB at 20Hz,
-0.1dB at 20kHz and -1dB at 40kHz.
We ran through the gamut of tests on
the RMA-02 and confirmed every figure in the specs – that is a little unusual
in itself. Even more satisfying were the
protracted listening tests. Using a wide
range of CDs, the RMA-02 always gives
a good account of itself, with plenty of
power, very low background noise and
very clean sound at all times.
It would make an ideal studio
monitoring amplifier (as intended),
especially as it has no cooling fan.
Contact:
Elan Audio
2 Steel Court, South Guildford WA 6055
Tel: (08) 9277 3500
Website: elan.com.au
www.siliconchip.com.au
BitScope USB
digital ’scope,
logic analyser
& waveform
generator
The BitScope BS300 is a high performance USB based
dual channel DSO and Logic Analyser for use with Windows and Linux PCs. It has an input bandwidth of 100MHz
and supports simultaneous analog and digital data capture
at rates as high as 40MS/s. An integrated 10MS/s arbitrary
waveform generator option is also available.
Standard accessories include 100MHz oscilloscope and
high speed logic analyzer probes, USB interface, cables and
power supply. The BS300 software integrates five powerful
test intruments in one easy to use package: a DSO, Logic
Analyser, Dual Channel Oscilloscope, Spectrum Analyser
and XY Phase Analyser.
The range of options available include the built-in
10MS/s arbitrary waveform generator, an ethernet interface
with full Internet connectivity, and expansion PODs. Additional software packages are also available.
If you have specialized test or data acquisition requirements, the full BS300 programming API is published
allowing customized “virtual instrument” applications
to be developed, and the BS300 POD interface provides
full access to the analog
and logic capture signals
as well as data, control and Contact:
power lines making the de- BitScope Designs
velopment of new BitScope Tel: (02) 9436 2955
powered POD devices easy. Website: www.bitscope.com
Bluetooth Kits for Emona
Emona Instruments has been appointed the Australian
distributor of the Teleca range of Bluetooth application
development and training kits. Teleca is a Swedish based
specialist Bluetooth R & D consultancy. Teleca’s Bluetooth
modules and Host Stack Software were developed by Ericsson, the owner of the Bluetooth trademark.
Teleca’s range of Bluetooth kits are ideal for companies
looking to build and test their own Bluetooth applications
and products, as well as universities and colleges wanting
to provide students with hands-on training in the theory
and applications of Bluetooth short-range wireless communication.
Teleca’s full-featured Development Kit is approved
as a Blue Unit by
the Bluetooth SIG, Contact:
making it suitable Emona Instruments Pty Ltd
in qualification and 86 Parramatta Rd, Camperdown NSW 2050
pre-qualification Tel: (02) 9519 3933 Fax: (02) 9550 1378
Website: www.emona.com.au
testing.
www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 75
AEMS acquires T&M equipment brokerage.
Australian Electronic Manufacturing Services (AEMS) have recently
acquired the test and measurement
brokerage (re-sale) business assets
from Megatron.
AEMS is a Contract Electronics
Manufacturer and Service Provider
with over 550 staff located in 4 sites
throughout Australia and New Zealand. (www.aems.net.au)
This acquisition provides AEMS
with the Intellectual Property of the
much-acclaimed equipment brokerage web-site developed by Megatron
(now http://broker.aems.com). AEMS
will continue to sell a vast range of
used test and measurement and telecommunications equipment suitable
for everybody from contractors and
hobbyists to the professional technician.
AEMS have established an extensive
display facility, which provides the
capability for viewing equipment and
performing on-site, basic functional
testing of the units.
For items found to be faulty, AEMS
will offer a repair service to ensure that
items sold are fully functional.
AEMS Brokerage currently provides
equipment disposal services for a
number of Australian organisations.
In addition, AEMS is in the process
of expanding this portfolio of sources
of used equipment and is currently
offering its services to any company
faced with the disposal of surplus test
and measurement equipment. AEMS
expects that any vendor utilising this
service will achieve a far better return
than the traditional method of disposal
via auction.
AEMS has established an extensive
database of overseas dealers and will
continue to promote product to these
whilst increasing exposure to Australian end-users.
Enquiries can be made to Alan
Robinson (arobinson<at>aems.net.au).
Contact:
AEMS Pty Ltd
8-10 Kitchen Rd, Dandenong Vic 3175
Tel: (03) 9212 4222 Fax: (03) 9212 4020
Brokerage website: broker.aems.net.au
USB-baseddata acquistion module
Logitech’s new USB PC headsets
The USB-based Labjack U12 data acquisition and control unit is an easy-touse plug-and-play USB device which
operates completely under software
control (no jumpers or switches
to set) and no power supply is
required. Up to 80 of the 100 x
150 x 25mm LabJacks can be
connected to one USB port
It features eight single-ended,
four differential 12-bit analog inputs
with a ±10V range. With up to 8 kilosamples/sec (burst) or 1.2 kilosamples/second (stream), it supports software or hardware timed acquisition and triggered
acquisition. It also features PGA with gains of 1, 2, 4, 5, 8,
10, 16, or 20V/V and has two 0-5V analog outputs, has 20
digital I/O (up to 50Hz per I/O) and a 32-bit counter.
The software packaged with the Labjack runs on Windows 98SE/ME/2000 and XP. It includes JLogger, a datalogging program; JScope, a virtual oscilloscope program;
an ActiveX driver so you can write your own VB, Delphi
and VB programs; sample VB and Delphi programs and
Labview VIs.
Labjack U12’s are being used for research, monitoring
and control purposes in private Contact:
companies and Ocean Controls
public organisa- 4 Ferguson Drive, Balnarring Vic 3926
tions, universities Tel: (03) 5983 1163
Website: www.oceancontrols.com.au
and colleges.
Logitech has released a new range
of headsets that bring superior audio quality to people who want the
best for voice chat, online gaming,
music listening and
speech recognition. Included
in the range is a USB model as
well as two conventional systems.
With an expected retail price of
$89, the Stereo USB Headset offers
advanced digital
USB technology
for superior audio
clarity and the simbroadcast quality
plicity of a single
USB plug-and-play
connection. It has
a noise-cancelling
microphone and
an adjustable headband engineered for
a comfortable fit.
The design allows
microphone placement on either side
of the head.
Manufactured in Australia
They are available from most Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl. HORNSBY 2077
computer products
Ph (02) 9476-5854 Fx (02) 9476-3231
retailers.
76 Silicon Chip
AUDIO MODULES
www.siliconchip.com.au
MORE FUN WITH THE PICAXE – PART 7
Get that fat cat
code purring . . .
In an era when even modest
home PCs demand 128
MEGA bytes of RAM, the
microscopic 128 bytes of
Picaxe–08 memory seems
almost laughable. To put this
million times ratio into
perspective, it’s roughly akin
to the price difference
between a car and a peanut.
Of course, with resourceful
design, even 128 bytes may
not be peanuts!
A
lthough PICAXE microcontrollers don’t require solid
programming skills, it’s crystal
clear to many users (myself included)
that such devices, using “ software to
tame the hardware”, look to be the
future of many electronic circuits.
Most Picaxe designs (including mine)
evolve under “cut and try” incremental programming, and parts drawer
fossicking for, say 82nF capacitors and
680kΩ resistors in a traditional timing
circuit, can be replaced by convenient
and versatile code-tweaking instead.
Layouts can be smaller and cheaper
too, and upgradable later without laborious unsoldering.
So – you want to be part of this
“Flash” revolution then? You’d better
take note of some basics!
If you yearn for more than simple
“08” tone output or LED flashing,
coding care and economy is obviously
crucial. And it’ll help develop good
design habits that may carry over to
larger microcontroller applications.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Many real-world electronic and software engineering projects, just as in
other fields, are characterised by skills
subdivision, such that teams may work
on the display, while others may be
slaving away with power supplies or
user interfaces.
Ultimately these have to be seamlessly integrated into the final product,
or much fist shaking and gnashing of
teeth can occur. It’s similar to building
a house and coordinating tradesmen
– of course you don’t want concrete
slabs poured before services like
drains are first installed.
Perhaps the Golden Rule here is to
DOCUMENT YOUR CODING.
Such comments (indicated by ‘ before a remark) not only inform others
about your actions, but allow you to
be reminded about things when later
(re)viewing your work.
These comments do not add to any
program bulk, but are saved along with
the program to your PC.
If you’re a two-fingered typist re-
by Stan Swan
Clever code can purr along with the
limited 128 bytes of an “08”!
entering programs by hand (rather
than a copy-and-paste from a web
page listing ), comments don’t strictly
need to be included. Styles vary but
it’s common to add such ‘remarks on
the same line as the action.
Thus SLEEP 300 ‘enter low power
sleep mode for 300 secs = 5 mins
No doubt you’ve noted the initial
preamble comments on our previous
listings too.
These “abstracts” make for convenient spots for parts lists, authors,
web sites, dates and versions – the
latter point a crucial feature of course!
Others may judge your skills by your
comments, much as electronic projects
are often judged by neatness of the
hook-up wiring or PC board design.
Indenting a set of instructions, especially a loop, is also accepted practice
since it quickly allows visual grouping. Using ‘—— spacers may help too.
Points so far are pretty much common sense but GOSUB/ RETURN –
command pairs may need explanation.
August 2003 77
LEDSOS.BAS
(Also downloadable from: www.picaxe.orconhosting.net.nz/ledsos.bas)
‘Switchable LED or SOS flasher for Aug 2003 SiChip PICAXE-08 article V 1.0 26/6/03
‘Connect 3 ultra bright white LEDs directly to PICAXE pins 4,2 & 1 + common ground.
‘Switch to pin 3 may need pulldown resistor (10 k ?) since tends to float high
‘Just a single LED could be used, but 3 give greater light output even though each‘-is actually lit sequentially & human “persistence of vision” perception exploited.
‘Additional security results,since if 1 or 2 LEDs damaged or blown at least 1 works.
‘No dropper R’s as PICAXE 20mA source limit each pin is inside white LED 30mA specs.
‘Extra driver transistor could be used to give ~100mA pulses?(Ref PWM “SiChip” 4/03)
‘New command here =GOSUB,which allows common routine streamlining,thus memory saving.
‘Maybe alter pulse duration,but 700 =7millisec seems highest flicker free pulse rate?
‘Just 96 bytes used, so scope for other lighting effects- chasers/random/1-2-3 on etc
‘Maybe “lost in the bush” beacon flasher once every 5 secs = prolonged battery life!
‘3xAA batteries (4.5V) had ~16mA max drain when pulsed ~60 hrs life (& longer on SOS)
‘
Via Stan. SWAN (MU<at>W,New Zealand) => s.t.swan<at>massey.ac.nz <=
‘Lines beginning ‘ are informative program documentation & may be ignored if need be.
‘Program available for web download => www.picaxe.orconhosting.net.nz/ledsos.bas
‘Further “08” Morse ID refinements (35 chs !)=> www.picaxe.orconhosting.net.nz/morse.bas
‘———————————————————————————————————————
ledtrio:
‘routine to pulse all 3 LEDs to prolong battery life
if pin3=1 then ledsos
‘if pin 3 switch is low(0) just “steady” light ouput
gosub pulse
‘access common LED pulsed lighting routine
goto ledtrio
‘loop back if switch set for steady light out still
‘-——————————————————————————————————————ledsos:
‘emergency routine to send endless SOS .../—/...
for b1= 1 to 3
‘morse S = dit dit dit
for b0= 1 to 4
‘short hold on for each “dit” element
gosub pulse
‘access common LED pulsed lighting routine
next b0
‘loop to hold on duration variable
pause 200
‘200ms pause between each morse element
next b1
‘repeat so 3 flashes generated
pause 500
‘1/2 sec delay between each morse character
‘———————————————————————————————————————
for b1= 1 to 3
‘morse O = dah dah dah
for b0= 1 to 15
‘longer pulse hold on loop for each “dah”
gosub pulse
‘access common LED pulsed lighting routine
next b0
‘loop to hold on duration variable
pause 200
‘200ms pause between each morse element
next b1
‘repeat so 3 flashes generated
pause 300
‘1/2 sec (total) delay between each morse character
‘————-——————————————————————————————————-
for b1= 1 to 3
‘morse S = dit dit dit
for b0= 1 to 4
‘short hold on for each “dit” element
gosub pulse
‘access common LED pulsed lighting routine
next b0
‘loop to hold on duration variable
pause 200
‘200ms pause between each morse element
next b1
‘repeat so 3 flashes generated
pause 500
‘1/2 sec delay between each morse character
‘———————————————————————————————————————
pause 1500
‘2 second pause between SOS sending
goto ledtrio
‘recommence program from start
‘———————————————————————————————————————
pulse:
‘subroutine to rapidly sequentially pulse all 3 LEDs
pulsout 4,700
‘pulse pin 4 700 x 10 microsecs =7000us =7ms
pulsout 2,700
‘pulse pin 2 (Perhaps try varying mark/space effects-)
pulsout 1,700
‘pulse pin 1 (using high 4:pause 5:low 4:pause 50 etc)
return
‘go back to program point where subroutine began
78 Silicon Chip
These act as an elegant GOTO,
and are seen as the heart of efficient
structured programming, since they
allow common routines to be referred
to and actioned as need be, with a
return back (to the next program line)
on completion. It’s similar to maybe
“going on auto” when asked to put out
the garbage while watching TV.
LEDSOS.BAS
The subroutine in the sample LED
flashing program at left, giving out either a steady light or switched SOS, is
called up as needed to give a common
“pre-wound” pulsed LED instruction
set rather than wastefully say the same
thing three times elsewhere.
Pulsout commands here were selected to minimise circuit current drain,
while giving the brightest light with
the least flicker.
A Lux meter (eg, DSE Q-1400) may
prove invaluable for this, since the
human eye rather falls short when
judging illumination changes.
As an aside from microcontrollers,
ultra-bright white LEDs look to be
the best lighting development in 100
years (and I’m related to Swan of 1880s
carbon filament lamp fame too!) Their
light output (typically now a dazzling
5600mCd for even “cooking” versions),
almost unlimited life, ruggedness, high
efficiency and (now) cheapness make
traditional hot filament lamps near
obsolete for portable work.
Although white LEDs typically draw
30mA at 3.6V, the 20mA Picaxe source
limit allows them to be driven directly
from output pins (here 4,2,1) at slightly
reduced brightness.
A trio of driver transistors, as featured
in the earlier pulse width modulation
(PWM) motor controller, (SILICON CHIP
April 2003) could perhaps boost this
for brief 100mA pulses.
Note the new 10mm types used here
give out no more light than normal
Any simple 2-wire conductor will
pass Picaxe serial display data. Use
the D9 pin 2 for the signal, with
ground pin 5.
www.siliconchip.com.au
5mm types, but seem to “have more
presence” according to one observer.
Being larger, they’re much easier to
find too – the transparent 5mm types
are almost invisible when dropped on
a carpeted floor!
Morse in the 21st century?
Although now very much the domain of amateur radio CW diehards,
Morse code remains invaluable for
beacon/lighthouse ID and emergency
signalling – perhaps by flashing a
(LED) torch or even knocking SOS on
the wall. Hidden transmitter outdoor
“fox hunts” sending Morse remain
highly popular too.
More to the point for program economy insights, Morse dit/dah characters
lend themselves to elegant analysis.
Somewhat as a joint effort challenge
(and inspired by an old BASIC Stamp
program), Eric van de Weyer and I have
managed to squeeze up to 35 Morse
characters into an “08”.
Without such “crunching”, it’d be
taxing to even fit “Leo” [.-.. . ---] into
128 bytes !
Practising what I preach, the program listing overleaf (MORSE.BAS)
is copiously commented, with even
Morse characters themselves included
for those who forget (or those who
never knew them!).
Audio output is just from our piezo
attached at pin 0, while the 10kΩ pullup resistor fitted to pin 3 also remains.
Driver transistors could be used to key
a transmitter for more powerful work.
The SLEEP command used here,
although only about ±1% accurate,
causes a low power resting mode to be
entered, which provides useful battery
life extension. The syntax is obvious ex.
SLEEP 60 will awake after 60 seconds,
SLEEP 3600 after an hour
Yes, it’s the
same old
protoboard
layout . . . or
is it? That’s
right, it is
now rather
simplified.
(The 10kΩ &
22kΩ
resistors are
only required
during
programming.)
MORSE.BAS
Enough of the 19th century – we’re
in the Internet age. PICAXE serial data
output (mentioned in the last article)
also ends itself to message display.
Although small LCD panels abound
(mostly Hitachi-style 16 characters x
2 lines), these usually need driving
with a parallel data stream.
Logic ICs can be wired to provide
SIPO (Serial In Parallel Out) shift registers, but these naturally may daunt
users with simple display needs.
Several options have presented
themselves, all of which will just need
a simple 2-wire serial lead from the
www.siliconchip.com.au
Following the finding (detailed last month ) that the piezo speaker can be left
permanently attached to pin 0, the PICNIK box wiring has been adjusted to suit.
The now idle jumper is here used to switch input 3 high or low via a 10kΩ pullup resistor.
August 2003 79
Picaxe output pin in use and ground
return.
1. Purchase and assemble the Rev.
Ed AXE033 LCD 2-part kit. (available
in Australia and NZ from Microzed
or their resellers). This comes with
decoding electronics on board, plus
a socket for a Real Time Clock (RTC)
chip option that can be used to trigger
program events.
Additionally up to 7 prepared messages can be organised and saved on
this LCD board for easy recall– hence
sparing the driving Picaxe the associated memory storage overhead. Yah!
If your project can stand the cost
(A$44) this LCD certainly will greatly
enhance it. However you’ll need to
have good soldering skills to assemble
the rather fiddly kit (the instructions
are microscopic!). A higher voltage
6V supply will also be needed, since
the now-normal Picaxe 4.5V supply
will not bring up the LCD image. Grr !
2. As an LCD workaround, the
Programming Editor displays a mini
serial terminal when F8 is pushed,
using a signal lead (NOT the normal
programming one) from the chosen
Picaxe output pin and ground.
This display text is wider than the
16x2 LCD display, but may be valuable
for initial display work. 2002 versions
of the Picaxe Editor (Ver. 3.0.3) also
offer a more graphical display when
F9 is pushed
MORSE.BAS
(Also downloadable from: www.picaxe.orconhosting.net.nz/morse.bas)
‘PICAXE-08 memory workout demo via Eric van de Weyer & Stan.SWAN Ver 1.02 27th June 2003
‘For Silicon Chip August 2003 PICAXE article. Author - Stan.SWAN => s.t.swan<at>massey.ac.nz
‘Ref. Edwin.C => chick<at>chickene.freeserve.co.uk -June 2002 RSGB “RadComm” “28” version too
‘Program (derived from a Basic Stamp-1 idea ) sends short repeating Morse Code ID message
‘————————————————————————————————————————
‘Almost unbelievably up to ~35 Morse characters can be stored in the tiny PICAXE-08 RAM !
‘Output here just simple Piezo speaker at PICAXE Pin 0, but could be used to key a Tx etc
‘Only other component needed = 10k pull up R pin 3 to +ve rail to avoid “floating” 1/0
‘Note - although now near obsolete for messages,International Morse Code ( CW ) still has
‘wide use for beacons etc since decoding can be via eye or ear,& even unskilled observers
‘can thus “read” simple IDs & status at just a few (5?)words per minute.Of course sending
‘SOS via torch etc still suits emergencies! Scouting days now long past? Morse chs.are...
‘A .–
B –...
C –.–.
D –..
E .
F..–.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
‘G –––
H
I
J –––
K– –
L.–..
.
.
.
.
‘M ––
N –
O – ––
P –
Q–– –
R.–.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
‘S
T –
U
–
V
–
W –––
X–..–
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
‘Y– ––
Z ––
1 ––––
2 – ––
3
––
4....–
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
‘5
6 –
7 ––
8–––
9––––
0–––––
‘ Full stop . – . – . –
Comma – –. . –
Slash – . . . . –
‘
‘By tradition 1 dah/dash = 3 dits/dots with letter space = 3 dits & word spacing 7 dits
‘
‘How DOES this work !? Each ch.to be generated is programmed in as a number whose binary
‘equiv. then generates the code ! The 5 MSBs (Most Significant Bits =LHS) represent dots &
‘dashes, with dit=0 & dah=1. The last 3 LSB (Least Significant Bits = RHS) indicate how
‘many elements in a ch. Hence V=00010100 (100 =4 elements). Bit 5 is meaningless here.
‘Converting to decimal yields 20. Another ? K=10100011 = decimal 163 (011= 3 elements)
‘Here’s is a list of these characters (abrev. as ch. in comments) & their equiv. number
‘———————————————————————————————————-————‘A - 66
B - 132
C - 164
D - 131
E-1
F - 36
‘G - 195
H-4
I-2
J - 116
K - 163
L - 68
‘M - 194
N - 130
O - 227
P - 100
Q - 212
R - 67
‘S - 3
T - 129
U - 35
V - 20
W - 99
X - 148
‘Y - 180
Z - 196
1 - 125
2 - 61
3 - 29
4 - 13
‘5 - 5
6 - 133
7 - 197
8 - 229
9 - 245
0 - 253
‘= - 141
/ - 149
. - 86
, - 206
‘
‘Encode to suit - thus “AUSTRALIA 2003” = 66,35,3,129,67,66,68,2,66,0,61,253,253,29
‘————————————————————————————————————————‘Copy & paste main program below to “08” editor via=> www.picaxe.orcon.net.nz/morse.bas
‘Still scope for “telemetry” or tweaking SLEEP/NAP, as only 105 bytes (of 128) used as is!
Close-ups of the AXE033 LCD kit.
Note how the flexible solder mask
strip must first be peeled away before
inserting the header pins.
‘————————————————————————————————————————-
Two terminal program screen shots, BananaCom & HyperTerminal, during the
demonstration serial program run.
80 Silicon Chip
www.siliconchip.com.au
Symbol Tone = 100
Symbol Quiet = 0
Symbol Dit_length = 7
Symbol Dah_length = 21
Symbol Wrd_Length = 43
Symbol Character = b0
Symbol Index1 = b6
Symbol Index2 = b2
Symbol Elements = b4
‘sets the tone frequency ( range 20 -127 )
‘set quiet tone
‘set length of a dot (7 milliseconds)- yields 10wpm
‘set length of a dash
(21 mS = 3 dots long)
‘set space between words (43 mS = 2 dashes, 6 dots)
‘set register for ch.
‘loaded with number of chs. in message
‘counts the number of elements
‘set register for number of elements in ch.
Start:
sleep 5
if pin3 = 1 then Identify
goto start
‘NB - good program spot to turn on ID, via sensor etc maybe?
‘5 sec low power delay(varies if no pullup R)-modify to suit
‘wait for high input on pin 3 to start message- 1 by default
‘if no input,loop to start.
Identify:
‘routine to lookup ch.& put its value into the ch. register
for Index1 = 0 to 27
‘cycle through lookup for times = number of ch. in message
lookup Index1,(3,2,68,2,164,227,130,0,0,164,4,2,100,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1),Character
‘ This means (S I L I C O
N
C HI P
dit
dit
dit etc
gosub Morse
‘go to the ch. generation routine
next
‘loop back to get next ch. and load it
goto Start
‘return to start to wait for next input
Morse:
let Elements = Character & %00000111
if Elements = 0 then Word_sp
‘look at 3 LS digits and load into Elements register
‘% means binary
Bang_Key:
for Index2 = 1 to elements
‘loop through correct no. of times for number of elements
if Character >= 128 then Dah
‘test MS digit of ch. If it is 1 goto the Dah sub routine
goto Dit
‘if it is 0 goto the Dit sub routine
Reenter:
let Character = Character * 2
next
gosub Char_sp
return
‘do a left shift on all the bits in ch.
‘loop back to get the next element
‘go to sub routine to put in inter-ch. space
‘return to Identify routine to get next ch. to send
Dit:
sound 0,(Tone,Dit_Length) ‘sound tone for dit length
sound 0,(Quiet,Dit_Length)
‘silence for dit length
goto Reenter
‘return to look at next element of ch.
Dah:
sound 0,(Tone,Dah_Length)
sound 0,(Quiet,Dit_Length)
goto Reenter
‘sound tone for dah length
‘silence for dit length
‘return to look at next element of ch.
Char_sp:
sound 0,(Quiet,Dah_Length)
return
‘send silence for dah length after ch.completely sent
‘return to get next character
Word_sp:
sound 0,(Quiet,wrd_length)
return
‘send silence for break between words
‘return to get next ch.
www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 81
References and
parts suppliers . . .
(also refer to previous months articles)
1. Ultrabright (white) LEDs 5600mCd
range ~A$3 – various suppliers:
Jaycar www.jaycar.com.au
Dick Smith Elect. www.dse.com.au
Altronics www.altronics.com.au
Oatley www.oatleyelectronics.com
etc
2. Lux meter – Dick Smith DSE Q-1400
(~A$100) www.dse.com.au
3. Australian Picaxe agents, MicroZed,
handle the AXE033 LCD kit & RTC
($44) as well as Picaxe chips
www.picaxe.com.au
4. A superb example of a well documented Picaxe program can be seen at
www.hippy.freeserve.co.uk/axe18mon.txt
5. Banana Comm Terminal Program
(shareware ~160k) Download from www.
picaxe.orconhosting.net.nz/bcom30.zip
6. StampPlot Lite Ver 1.7 Shareware
(~1.6MB)- now handles 2400bps OK.
Download www.selmaware.com
7. Author’s revamped site with many links
& usual demo program down-loads
www.picaxe.orconhosting.net.nz
3. Given the abundance of older
discarded notebook PCs, it’s tempting
to raid the broom cupboard, dust one
off and push into service running a
Terminal program. Numerous compact
organisers, such as the HP-200LX and
Sharp Wizard OZ/ZQ 700 range, also
Screen shots during a program run of
the Programming Editor’s F8 and F9
serial data “terminals”.
82 Silicon Chip
TERMDEMO.BAS
‘For Aug.”SiChip” display article. Stan. SWAN => s.t.swan<at>massey.ac.nz Ver 1.0 19/6/03
‘Picaxe serial output demo for PC VDU display via almost any datacomms terminal program
‘Many exist,espec.classic Windows HyperTerminalPE (~700k) via => www.hilgraeve.com Free!
‘Install it then run - properties - make session -”Connect- Direct to Com1" & 2400,8,N,1
‘Consider cheap 90s laptops/organisers too -Compaq Aero/HP 200LX & Sharp Wizard 7xx etc
‘DOS (but Win friendly) Banana Comm (~170k) espec.clean,& MODE CO40 allows enlarged text
‘Also works on Rev.Ed AXE033 16x2 alphanum. LCD kit,but text wraps since smaller display
‘Easy 2 wire serial only,here via “08” I/O pin 2 then D9F pin 2 for PC COM1 + pin 5 gnd
‘Suggest using 2 PCs for this - one as normal programmer, & other just for serout display
‘Program(s) can be downloaded => www.picaxe.orconhosting.net.nz/termdemo.bas,& also /bcom30.zip
‘2 notebook setup pix (Toshiba editor/Aero display)=> www.picaxe.orconhosting.net.nz/termdemo.jpg
‘NB-when Editing + 2 wire serial lead to correct I/O pin- F8 gives “mini terminal”
‘Even “datalogging” possible (via “F9” under Editor V 3.0.3 ) or via StampPlot Lite 1.7 !
‘——————————————————————————————————————
demo:
‘ ASCII control codes <32 are IBM style
serout 2,n2400,(12,10)
‘ Form Feed (FF)=clear screen- then a LF
pause 50
‘ brief pause before message shows
serout 2,n2400,(“Hello from your PICAXE-08”)
‘ displays message in quotes
serout 2,n2400,(32)
‘ acts on ASCII directly - a space
pause 500
‘ 1/2 sec pause for visual effect
for b0= 65 to 90
‘ / acts on direct ASCII request
serout 2,n2400,(b0)
‘ so translates & displays
next b0
‘ \ A - Z characters in sequence
pause 2000
‘ 2 second delay to hold message
b2=100 ‘ assign demo variable value
b1=b2/2
‘ simple divide 100 by 2 maths calc.
serout 2,n2400,(32,#b2,”/2 = “,#b1)
‘ space,then calc.(# forces values)
pause 1000
‘ 1 sec. pause
goto demo
‘ repeats entire message
came with inbuilt terminal programs
but these may not stoop to the Picaxe
2400bps limit.
Programs found to give seamless displays were the classic but bland Windows “HyperTerminal”, a tiny DOS (but
Windows friendly) “BananaComm”,
and the astounding StampPlot Lite.
This latter program not only shows
normal messages, but handles comma
separated value data (.csv – as used
with Excel), with graphical display.
Although initially written for the
BASIC Stamp, StampPlot works with
any serial data stream- the US author
even kindly tweaked it for 2400bps
Picaxe use!
Compared with the AXE033 LCD,
a full PC terminal program like Banana-Com allows both a wider screen
and larger text ( via MODE CO40 ),
ASCII control codes ( such as CR/LF )
plus saving and printing etc. With a
small computer like the 1993 Compaq
Aero used here, this approach may be
a versatile “zero cost” display solution.
The TERMDEMO.BAS demonstration serial data Picaxe program needs
no external hardware beside the serial
output cable. It simply displays a repeating message to whatever terminal
program (or LCD) you’ve connected via
the 2 wire lead.
Note how # forces actual result
variables (rather than just messages)
to also be displayed too.
You’ll no doubt quickly tire of irksome cable swapping when exploring
display syntax effects, so it’s (again)
suggested that two (notebook?) PCs be
used – one for editing, and the other as
a display terminal. Good viewing! SC
www.siliconchip.com.au
SILICON CHIP WebLINK
How many times have you wanted to access a company’s website but cannot remember their site name?
Here's an exciting new concept from SILICON CHIP: you can access any of these organisations instantly by going
to the SILICON CHIP website (www.siliconchip.com.au), clicking on WebLINK and then on the website graphic of
the company you’re looking for. It’s that simple. No longer do you have to wade through search engines or look
through pages of indexes – just point’n’click and the site you want will open!
Your company or business can be a part of SILICON CHIP’s WebLINK . For one low rate you receive a printed entry
each month on the SILICON CHIP WebLINK page with your home page graphic, company name, phone, fax and site
details plus up to 50 words of description– and this is repeated on the WebLINK page on the SILICON CHIP website
with the link of your choice active. Get those extra hits on your site from the right people in the electronics industry – the people who make decisions to buy your products. Call SILICON CHIP today on (02) 9979 5644
We specialise in providing a range of Low
Power Radio solutions for OEM’s to incorporate in their wireless technology based
products. The innovative range includes
products from Radiometrix, the World’s
leading manufacturer.
BitScope is an Open Design Digital Oscilloscope and Logic Analyser. PC software drives
BitScope via USB, Ethernet or RS232 to
create a powerful Virtual Instrument. BitScope
is available built and tested or in kit form. Extensive technical details are available on the website.
Great for hobbyists, university labs and industry.
BitScope Designs
TeleLink Communications
Tel:(07) 4934 0413 Fax: (07) 4934 0311
Contact: sales<at>bitscope.com
WebLINK: telelink.com.au
· Hifi upgrades & modification products - jitter
reduction and output stage improvement.
· Danish high-end hifi kits - including pre-amps,
phono, power amps & accessories.
· Speaker drivers including Danish Flex
Units plus a range of accessories.
· GPS, GSM, AM/FM indiv. & comb. aerials.
Soundlabs Group
Syd: (02) 9660-1228 Melb: (03) 9859-0388
WebLINK: soundlabsgroup.com.au
WebLINK: bitscope.com
We’re one of Australia’s most innovative
electronic equipment suppliers. For over 10
years we’ve served Australian industry with
an extensive range of electronic components
and equipment from the world’s leading
suppliers. We ensure our customers
have the best selection and service.
Clarke & Severn Electronics
Tel: (02) 9482 1944 Fax: (02) 9482 1309
WebLINK: clarke.com.au
RCS Radio has available EVERY PC Board
ever published in SILICON CHIP, EA, ETI and
AEM (copyrighted boards excepted).
Many late boards are available ex stock,
others can be made to order within a few
days. Custom & production boards too!
JED designs and manufactures a range of
single board computers (based on Wilke Tiger
and Atmel AVR), as well as LCD displays and
analog and digital I/O for PCs and controllers.
JED also makes a PC PROM programmer and
RS232/RS485 converters.
Jed Microprocessors Pty Ltd
Tel: (03) 9762 3588 Fax: (03) 9762 5499
WebLINK: jedmicro.com.au
A 100% Australian owned company supplying
frequency control products to the highest
international standards: filters, DIL’s, voltage,
temperature compensated and oven controlled oscillators, monolithic and discrete
filters and ceramic filters and resonators.
RCS Radio
Tel: (02) 9738 0330 Fax: (02) 9738 0334
WebLINK: cia.com.au/rcsradio
Hy-Q International Pty Ltd
Tel:(03) 9562-8222 Fax: (03) 9562 9009
WebLINK: www.hy-q.com.au
New From
SILICON C
HIP
THE PROJECTS: High-Energy Universal Ignition System; High-Energy Multispark CDI System; Programmable
Ignition Timing Module; Digital Speed Alarm & Speedometer; Digital Tachometer With LED Display; Digital
Voltmeter (12V or 24V); Blocked Filter Alarm; Simple Mixture Display For Fuel-Injected Cars; Motorbike Alarm;
Headlight Reminder; Engine Immobiliser Mk.2; Engine Rev Limiter; 4-Channel UHF Remote Control; LED Lighting
For Cars; The Booze Buster Breath Tester; Little Dynamite Subwoofer; Neon Tube Modulator.
ON SALE NOW AT SELECTED NEWSAGENTS
Or call (02) 9979 5644 & quote your credit card number; or fax details to (02) 9979 6503; or mail order
with cheque or credit card details to Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
Mail order prices: Aust: $14.95 (incl. GST & P&P); NZ/Asia Pacific: $18.00 via airmail; Rest of World: $21.50 via airmail
www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 83
Over the years, SILICON CHIP has presented
many timers – they are amongst the most
popular of school projects. Here’s how a
reader “made” a timer for a darkroom
enlarger – the parts are readily available
from council cleanups or rubbish dumps!
F
or what they do – basically, turn
an enlarger lamp on for a certain (controllable) time and back
off again, darkroom timers are very
expensive beasts.
Perhaps part of the reason is that
the popularity of do-it-yourself photo
processing is nothing like it was in
years gone by – hence less timers are
made – but that doesn’t change the fact
that they are expensive.
Come to think of it, they have always
been pretty exe!
Yet timers per se are now made in
(probably) the hundreds of millions
every year. Just about every commercial
84 Silicon Chip
appliance these days seems to have
a timer of some sort. Just take a look
around you. They’re everywhere!
Which leads us directly into this
article...
One of our readers, Jess Benning,
was asked by a workmate to make an
economic enlarger timer for her daughter, who was studying photography
at school.
“Too easy,” he thought. “A microprocessor controlling a transistor
switching a relay . . .” Then he added
up the cost. By the time added a power
supply and put it in a suitable box, it
would probably be a good fifty dollars
Words by Ross Tester
From an idea
(and photos) by
Jess Benning
or so. Surely there was a cheaper way?
With that thought in the back of his
mind, he forgot about the project for a
few days; that is, until he happened to
visit a recycling centre at the local tip.
There, sitting on the shelf, were
several microwave ovens, all with
inbuilt timers. “What’s that? Timers?
I wonder if . . .”
People mainly throw out microwave
ovens for two reasons. The obvious
one is that they don’t work – or at
least they don’t heat (more often than
not it is a relatively simple fix but we
won’t go into that – microwave ovens
are lethal devices).
www.siliconchip.com.au
The less obvious reason is that the
microwave oven still works perfectly
– but they have broken the (usually
glass or ceramic) platter.
If you have ever tried to replace one
of those as a spare part, you’ll know
what we mean when we say it’s often
more economic to buy a whole new
microwave oven!
Back to our story: if the microwave
oven doesn’t heat, it’s usually the
high voltage supply which has failed.
Sometimes it’s the magnetron but that
is much less likely. But the timer, powered by its own low voltage supply,
usually still works.
“The timer . . . still works?” You’re
probably one jump ahead of us, right?
Of course – use the microwave oven
timer as an enlarger timer.
All you have to do is find a suitable
microwave oven!
Wait! They’re dangerous!
But hang on a sec: didn’t we say a
minute ago that microwave ovens are
lethal devices?
Yes we did – and for that reason we
are going to say very clearly: NEVER
take the lid off a microwave oven and
apply power (or work on a live one!).
Even if the magnetron is not working,
you have a high voltage mains transformer which can very easily kill (and
indeed has done so in the past).
Please read that last paragraph
again, out aloud.
Even qualified technicians don’t
like working on microwave ovens because they know just how dangerous
they can be – the 5000VDC or so high
tension of a microwave is dramatically
more dangerous than the 20-30,000V
high tension of a colour TV set. The
difference is the microwave high tension is designed to supply real current!
Here’s a tip. If (as we are doing here)
you want to “rat” the timer from a microwave oven, once you’ve established
that the timer section still works (ie,
the display works), unplug the oven
and then cut the mains cord off. That
way, you (or someone else) won’t be
caught dead. Literally.
Even then, a microwave oven is not
100% safe. We’ll look at other precautions you should take with a “dead”
microwave oven shortly.
What’s in a microwave oven?
We’re getting a little ahead of ourselves here. Let’s go back and have
a look at a typical microwave oven.
www.siliconchip.com.au
Here’s the pushbutton control pad as removed from the microwave oven. It is a
pretty simple job as long as you are careful with the flexible keypad and ribbon
cable. Almost hidden inside the box, alongside the transformer, is one of the two
relays from the microwave oven: this switches power to the enlarger lamp supply.
Inside, there are six main parts:
1. low voltage power supply
2. timing circuitry / display / keypad
3. high voltage power supply
4. door interlocks
5. magnetron
6. light, fan(s) and platter motor
All that is needed for this project are
parts 1 and 2 – and yes, they are quite
easily distinguishable. Or more to the
point, the high voltage components and
magnetron are very easily distinguishable – you need what is left.
Incidentally, if you cannot readily
work out which bits are which in the
microwave, you shouldn't be attempting to reproduce this project.
The microwave oven was bought for
$15.00 from “Revolve” (the recycling
centre at the local tip. Pretty apt name
for selling microwave ovens, eh?).
A relatively late model Sharp was
chosen because the timer gave a couple of nice features: a digital clock
(of course!) which you could see in
the dark and an “auto start” function
which was intended to turn the oven
on for one minute – a feature which
would be very handy for focussing.
Even dead microwaves can bite!
The magnetron power supply basically consists of a high voltage transformer (circa 3000V AC), a diode and
a capacitor, yielding about 5000V DC.
Usually there is some form of control to vary the proportion of time the
magnetron is turned on, thus varying
the output power. It’s pretty simple.
But there is a catch for young (and
not-so-young) players. The capacitor
can sometimes retain its charge for a
very long time after turn-off.
In many (most?) ovens there is a
bleed resistor across the capacitor to
help discharge it after turn-off but there
is no guarantee that the resistor has
done its job or is even still intact.
If the bleed resistor is open circuit,
(or non-existent) the high voltage capacitor could still easily have several
thousand volts on it days, weeks or
perhaps even months after its last use.
Such a high level of charge could
still be lethal, or at best give you a
very nasty bite.
It’s not just uncomfortable – the
shock can make you suddenly jerk your
hand away and possibly jag it on some
close metal. Trust us, it happens.
The moral of this part of the story
is to never trust a microwave oven
power supply, dead or alive. Again,
let’s reiterate – NEVER poke around a
live microwave oven and be extremely
careful poking around a dead one.
We would ALWAYS discharge the
high voltage capacitor before working
on a microwave. The most usual way
to do this is to short out the terminals
with a large, well insulated screwdriver (note we said the most usual way, not
necessarily the best way!). Beware the
risk of bits of molten metal flying off if
August 2003 85
Fitting the timer into a case: this was nice and easy. A
suitable cutout in the lid lets us read the display, while
the pushbutton control pad was transferred to the case lid
complete with its multi-way flexicable. The photo at right
shows the finished project, complete with the (red) mini
power outlet fitted to the side of the case. All you have to
do is punch in the time required, hit “start” and voila!
there is significant charge. Of course we would always wear
insulated gloves and a pair of goggles doing this.
And here’s yet another trap for young players: you’ve
discharged the high voltage capacitor and then left the microwave for, say, a couple of days. You touch the capacitor
terminals and get a real bite!
What can happen is that the charge can build back up
again over time – and it could be several hundred volts or
so. To prevent this, a clip lead should be used to short out
the capacitor terminals, once discharged.
What to do now?
OK, so you’ve made sure the oven is off, the power plug
is disconnected and (preferably) the lead cut off. You have
also made sure that the high voltage capacitor is discharged
and cannot recharge or be touched.
Now you have to identify the low-voltage supply and
timer circuit. Fortunately, this is usually fairly easy: it
Inside a Sharp microwave oven. The high voltage supply
is under the white cover. The wanted timer and control
circuitry is clearly separate on the left side.
86 Silicon Chip
almost always has a separate (much smaller) transformer
and power supply and you will probably find in most
microwave ovens the timer circuitry is modular – often
directly attached to the display/timer settings (but if not,
certainly connected via a wiring loom or ribbon.)
Inside the microwave, there are usually two relays – one
controls the magnetron and the other the turntable motor
and blower fan (if fitted). Because these are both controlled
by the timer circuit, you should be able to use one of these
relays virtually “as is” to control the enlarger lamp.
It’s then simply a matter of connecting the relay contacts
so they switch the enlarger lamp supply.
Because the low-voltage supply is mains powered and
in all probability the enlarger lamp supply is also run
either directly off the mains or via a mains power supply,
the timer/display/relay assembly should be mounted in a
suitable case to make it completely safe. Our reader also
chose to fit a small mains outlet to the side of the case to
make it all self-contained – that is entirely up to you.
Not all of the keypad is used – only the digits and “start”
buttons are really needed. Other oven-specific keypad
contacts which are not used can be left out.
The oven selected had a semi-flexible keypad. When
fitting the keypad, to be able roll the unused pads up, the
layers of backing need to be removed. To make it able to
be rolled up the stiff layer should be cut and removed.
To stop the unused buttons from staying on permanently
once you roll up the unused bit, the carbon conduction layer
needs to be removed and some contact or tape put over the
switch layer to stop it from shorting to anything else.
If the LED display is too bright for your darkroom, it’s
quite easy to layer the display with filter film and cut it
back to an appropriate level. That is much easier than
trying to dim the display.
Of course, this timer (which can be set to 99 minutes
and 99 seconds) doesn’t have to be used in the darkroom.
It’s handy for a wide variety of mains-powered timing
applications.
www.siliconchip.com.au
How does a microwave oven work?
Most people are aware that microwave ovens
cook or warm food very quickly. But just how do
they do it?
Let’s look at the easy part of the answer first.
Microwave energy inside a microwave oven excites
molecules of water and fat (which are present in
practically all food). As the molecules get excited,
they give off energy – in the form of heat. Excite
the molecules enough and collectively they give off
enough energy to warm or cook the food.
Microwave energy doesn’t penetrate the food
very deeply – and in many foods penetrates to
different levels. That’s why you can get food cooked Basic arrangement of a typical microwave oven. Microwave
on the outside but not on the inside. However, a output from the magnetron is stirred up and fed into the oven
microwave oven normally does do a better job than chamber where it interracts with the water and fat molecules
a standard oven which cooks from the outside in, in the food, result in heat and cooking.
by conduction.
Incidentally, the air inside a microwave oven is only
Because microwaves tend to travel in straight lines, they
marginally above room temperature. Therefore it plays no need to be “stirred” to ensure they cover every nook and
part in the heating/cooking process (unlike a conventional cranny of the oven. This is done with either a fan in the
oven, where the air is heated).
microwave’s path, or by turning the food to be heated on a
And microwave energy does not affect most plastics, turntable or in many ovens, both.
glass, ceramics, etc (although some may have additives
Finally, a system of door interlocks ensures that if the
which are affected). That’s why you can usually use these door is opened while the microwave oven is on, power is
materials in a microwave oven without their melting!
immediately cut to the magnetron to avoid cooking anything
else (or anyone else) in front of the door.
How do the microwaves get there?
Microwaves are a type of radio wave; a super high fre- Who invented the microwave oven?
quency radio wave. They are generated by a special type
The correct answer is no-one!
of vacuum tube diode called a magnetron.
The effect was discovered quite by accident just after
In the tube, electrons are emitted by a heated cathode the second world war when a radar engineer at Raytheon
and, being negatively charged, are repelled by the neg- Corporation, Dr Percy Spencer, noticed that a candy bar
atively-polarised cathode. Instead of travelling straight in his pocket melted when he was experimenting with a
towards the positively-polarised anrelatively new kind of vacuum tube (you
ode (as in a normal diode tube) the
guessed it, the magnetron). He tried
electrons are deflected by the magplacing popcorn kernels near the tube
netic fields of very powerful magnets
– and they promptly started popping.
around the device (hence its name,
The magnetron, by the way, was
magnetron).
invented back in 1940 by two English
They actually start to spiral, or spin,
scientists as a major (and successful)
towards the cathode. Now the anode
component of the Allies’ radar system
in a magnetron is not a plate, like a
during the war.
diode – it is in fact a number of high-Q
Next day, Spencer was demonstrating
resonant LC circuits, called cavities,
this to a colleague by placing an egg
effectively connected in parallel.
near the tube. If you’ve ever placed an
What happens when a resonant
egg in a microwave oven, you’ll know
LC circuit intersects the path of an
what happened next: it exploded –
electron flow? It generates an eleccooked – all over the colleague!
tromagnetic field – radio waves, if you
Dr Spencer then made a metal box,
like – in this case, at microwave level
into which he directed all of the micro(the actual frequency, usually about
wave energy. Unable to escape, the
2.4GHz, is controlled by the cavities). A typical domestic oven magnetron.
density of microwaves became even
The magnetron has a small trans- The socket at right applies power; the
greater and food placed in the box
mitting antenna, designed to radiate cylinder at the top is the antenna.
cooked quickly. The microwave oven
the microwave energy from the caviwas “born”, even though it took some
ties at maximum efficiency. But the microwaves aren’t allowed
twenty years before the first domestic microwave oven was
to get out into free space. They are collected by a waveguide released.
and “piped” into the microwave oven, itself designed for
Now you’d be hard-pressed to find too many homes in
SC
maximum efficiency at microwave frequencies.
the developed world without one!
www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 87
VINTAGE RADIO
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
The HMV 42-71 migrant special
Dual-wave radios were popular in Australia
in the years following World War 2 but many
of them were poor performers on the short
wave bands. However, there were quite a few
exceptions, including the HMV 42-71.
When World War 2 came to an end,
many thousands of people in Europe
migrated to Australia. And naturally,
many of them were quite homesick for
news from their home country.
During that era, many dual-wave
radios were bought by Aus
tralians
and by a large number of “New Aust
ralians”, as they were called at that
time. However, the majority of these
dual-wave radios just couldn’t cut the
mustard when serious shortwave listening was contemplated and listeners
were usually very disappointed.
So where did those radios fall down
in their performance? There were several factors at work here. First, their
tuning was ultra-critical, particularly
up around the 17MHz end of the band,
where simply touching the tuning
control was usually enough to cause
the receiver to tune off the station.
The fact that shortwave stations are
spaced at 5kHz intervals, compared
to 10kHz for broadcast stations, didn’t
help matters either.
The sets were insensitive too, with
a sensitivity figure of about 30µV for
a 5-valve AC receiver being common.
Dual-wave 4-valve AC sets were even
less sensitive. In fact, it was almost a
complete waste of time fitting shortwave to these sets!
So why were shortwave bands
fitted to these sets when their performance was questionable? I don’t
know for sure but I suspect that it
was a selling point to have shortwave
so that you could listen to the BBC in
London or other stations in Europe,
or the shortwave service for inland
Australia.
It sounded exciting at the time but
the excitement soon waned when the
deficiencies of the receiver became
painfully obvious. It really was an
expensive gimmick.
However, radio manufacturers
eventually realised that a considerable
number of listeners really did want to
listen to shortwave. They also wanted
to be able to tune each station easily
and they wanted receivers with greater
sensitivity.
There were several ways that the
problems could be addressed and we’ll
take a look at some of the methods
employed.
Performance tweaks
This under-chassis view of the HMV 42-71 clearly shows the shortwave coils
(wound with tinned copper wire), together with the band-change switch.
88 Silicon Chip
AWA’s 7-band, 6-valve receivers (see
May 2001 and March & April 2002
issues) achieved an easy tuning rate
on shortwave by having six shortwave
bands to cover from 1.6-22.3MHz,
with a maximum of 6MHz tuned in
any one band. Tuning did have to be
precise with these sets but it was still
far superior to the tuning on sets that
tuned 6-18MHz in one sweep.
The sensitivity of these AWA sets
was very good too thanks to the inclusion of a tuned radio frequency (RF)
www.siliconchip.com.au
stage. This improved the reception
markedly compared to sets without
an RF stage.
Most people weren’t particularly
interested in listening to frequencies
outside the international broadcasting
bands. Bands which had shipping,
bushfire brigades, radio amateurs,
weather forecasts, etc were of no real
interest to these people.
A number of manufacturers decided
that they would provide bandspread
tuning on a selected number of the
international shortwave bands. In fact,
some sets were designed to tune just
one band per switch position.
In practice, there are 12 international bands, ranging from the
120-metre band covering 2.3-2.5MHz
to the 11-metre band covering 25.626.1MHz. However, the frequency
range tuned in each band has varied
over time with international agreements, so the frequencies quoted above
may not now be 100% correct.
The most common bands tuned
were the 49, 41, 31, 25, 19 and 16-metre bands, although not all of these
were included in post-war multi-band
receivers.
Some receivers tuned two international bands per switch position and
the HMV 42-71 described here (and
its rebadged stable-mate the Kel
v
inator 42-K) did just this. Its tuning
ranges on shortwave are 5.9-7.5MHz
(which includes the 49 and 41-metre
bands), 9.4-12.1MHz (which includes
the 31 and 25 metre bands), and 14.218.4MHz (which includes the 19 and
16-metre bands). Its dial drive is not as
smooth as on the AWA “7-banders” but
it tunes slightly smaller band segments
so tuning is not a hassle.
RF stage
Most of the receivers built to provide good reception of international
broadcasting stations included an RF
stage to boost sensitivity. However,
it appears that HMV were looking
to cut costs and so they settled on a
receiver with a 6AN7 converter and
no RF stage.
The 6AN7 is a quiet converter compared to the noisy 6BE6, so front-end
noise was not a problem. In addition,
the audio amplifier has more gain
than normal and this was achieved
by using a 6N8 pentode instead of the
more commonly used triode as the
first amplifier.
As a result, HMV was able to prowww.siliconchip.com.au
The HMV featured three shortwave bands (plus the usual broadcast band) and
was housed in a large bakelite case. The case was cleaned using automotive cut
and polish and now looks almost new again.
duce a receiver that could do a credible
job at a reasonable price. Let’s take a
closer look at this unit.
The HMV 42-71 mantel radio
The HMV 42-71 came onto the
market in 1954 to serve the needs of
Australia’s ever increasing migrant
population. It sported the broadcast
band and three bandspread shortwave
bands, plus an input for a record
player.
Basically, it was aimed at the lower
end of the market for those people
seriously interested in listening to
international broadcasts. However,
that does not mean that it is a poor
performing receiver – quite the opposite, in fact.
Fig.1 shows the circuit details of
ELAN Audio
The Leading Australian Manufacturer
of Professional Broadcast Audio Equipment
the receiver. The input circuit is similar to many other HMV multi-band
sets, with the shortwave antenna/
aerial coil primary in series with the
broadcast band coil primary. There is
an IF trap (L1, C1) between antenna
and earth.
The shortwave coils are tapped
to suit the band being tuned. Note
that in order to achieve bandspread
tuning, several capacitors (C5, C6, C7
and TC2) are switched in series and
parallel with each tuned circuit. The
oscillator tuned circuits also use similar parallel and series combinations
of capacitors to achieve band-spreading. The 6AN7 “frequency changer”
converts the incoming signal down
to 455kHz – ie, to the intermediate
frequency (IF).
2 Steel Court South Guildford
Western Australia 6055
Phone 08 9277 3500
Fax
08 9478 2266
email poulkirk<at>elan.com.au
www.elan.com.au
RMA-02
Studio Quality
High Power
Stereo Monitor
Amplifier
Designed for Professional Audio Monitoring during Recording and Mastering Sessions
The Perfect Power Amplifier for the 'Ultimate' Home Stereo System
For Details and Price of the RMA-02 and other Products, Please contact Elan Audio
August 2003 89
This rear chassis view shows the uncluttered layout of the receiver. Access to
the valves and to other parts on the top of the chassis is quite easy. Note the
large U-shaped brackets at either end of the chassis – these make servicing easy,
since they support the chassis whem it is turned upside down.
Next in line is a 6N8 and this acts as
a neutralised intermediate frequency
(IF) stage at 455kHz. Delayed automatic gain control (AGC) is developed
from the signal at the plate of the IF
valve and is applied to both the IF and
converter stages. After detection, the
signal then goes through a switched
tone control to the grid of a 6N8 audio
valve.
When set to the “Bass and Top Cut”
position, the tone control modifies the
audio so that speech passes through
normally, while music signals will be
devoid of highs and lows. Other positions give normal wide-range audio
and audio with varying degrees of
tone top cut. This helped listeners get
the best out of the receiver in difficult
listening environments.
As mentioned before, the 6N8 audio
stage has higher amplification than the
usual triode audio stage. Its output is
fed to a 6M5 power amplifier stage.
Feedback is achieved via the voice
coil to C33, the 6N8 screen bypass
capacitor.
90 Silicon Chip
The audio output transformer (T2)
is larger than usual and the speaker
is a substantial 6 x 9-inch unit, so the
audio quality is much better than from
the average mantel receiver. However,
this set would need a rather large mantelpiece as it is far from small. That
said, the lack of miniaturisation has
helped to give the set an air of quality
and performance.
The power supply is conventional
and uses a 6V4 rectifier which has
higher ratings than the commonly
used 6X4. Back bias is used to delay
the AGC and to provide a fixed initial
bias on the converter and IF valves.
The 6M5 also receives back bias, while
the 6N8 audio stage has its cathode
biased via R16.
Note that because the cathode of the
6N8 has no bypass capacitor, there is
negative feedback which improves
the audio quality and stability of the
audio stages.
Restoring the cabinet
My HMV 42-71 radio receiver was
offered to me in a very bedraggled
state several years ago. At the time,
it looked interesting, was fairly large
and had several band
spread shortwave bands. And it certainly looked
like it could do with a good home. It
was covered in dust, the cabinet was
dull, the knobs were missing and the
inside was covered in a thick layer of
white dust from the feed in the cowshed in which it had been sitting for
many years!
What a place to have such a set – it
must have been used to serenade the
cows while they were being milked!
Mice hadn’t done much damage
but someone (presumably a rat) had
soldered metal extensions (in the
form of bronze welding rod) to the
control shafts to make it possible to
operate the set without its knobs. So
it wasn’t in very good condition when
I acquired it.
Naturally, I had to remove the
bronze welding rod “controls” before
I could extract the set from its case. It
was also obvious that the original back
had been broken as a quite different
back had been fitted, although the
screw holes all lined up OK. It was
obviously another HMV cabinet back
www.siliconchip.com.au
but not the one specifically designed
for this receiver.
The back was easily removed by
undoing four screws, after which the
set was placed face-down on a blanket
so that the four screws holding the
chassis to the case could be removed.
However, when I tried to extract the
chassis, something seemed to be holding it in place. A closer inspection
revealed that there were two screws
and clamps that held the edge of the
speaker baffle in place. These were
loosened, the clamps moved to one
side and then the chassis slid out of
the cabinet quite easily.
That done, I gave the cabinet a
good bath in the laundry tub, using
dish
washing detergent and a small
scrubbing brush. It was soon clean.
I then gave it a good workout using
automotive cut and polish and it came
up looking almost like new (for more
on restoring bakelite cabinets, see my
article on this subject in the July 2001
issue of SILICON CHIP).
Unfortunately, I didn’t know exactly
what the original knobs looked like so
I used some that I had which appeared
to suit the set.
The speaker grille was a light coloured plastic perforated panel attached
to the speaker and chassis. It looked
disgusting, being covered with grime
from its time in the cowshed. I cleaned
it in the same way as the cabinet but
because there are so many nooks and
crannies in its construction, I couldn’t
get it thoroughly clean.
In the end, I decided to remove it
from the set and give it a couple of
coats of gold-coloured enamel spray
paint. This went on well and it looked
a million dollars compared to its original state.
Before doing this, however, I removed the HMV emblem and polished
it with the auto cut and polish and it
now looks first class. Finally, with the
cabinet and speaker grille looking so
good, it was time to attack the chassis
and the electronic circuitry.
Restoring the chassis
First, the valves were removed
and the chassis was cleaned with a
brush. Alternatively, if you have an
air compressor, it can be blown clean.
However, if using an air compressor, be
careful not to damage the tuning gang
vanes or get “muck” stuck between
the vanes.
Having got the loose muck off, it
www.siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the HMV 42-71 is a fairly conventional 5-valve dual-wave receiver.
There’s no RF stage but the 6N8 audio stage has higher amplification than
the usual triode audio stage.
was time to scrub the chassis as best I
could. I used the end of a file to scrape
the thickest debris off the chassis,
then used a kerosene-soaked kitchen
scouring pad to work on the rest of the
muck. It was a long job and even when
August 2003 91
damage to the valves or other components.
Before I try out any new (to me)
radio, I always overhaul the electronic
circuitry and test it out of its cabinet.
That way, I rarely get unpleasant and
expensive surprises. The capacitors,
transformers and resistors can all be
tested with the set turned off and if
shown to be faulty, can be replaced or
repaired before any damage is done to
other sections of the receiver.
Note that the paper capacitors must
be tested with a high-voltage tester. If
you don't have a high-voltage tester,
the audio cou
pling capacitor (C27)
between the 6N8 and the 6M5 valves
should be replaced as a matter or
course, along with all the AGC bypass
capacitors (C4, C18).
Reforming the electros
The under-chassis wiring is uncluttered and all parts are easy to access, even
around the band-change switch at top.
the chassis was clean it was not in a
pristine condition. There were patches
of discoloration where rodent urine
had eaten through the plating.
I was in a quandary about whether
I should leave the chassis as it was
– clean but not pristine in looks – or
paint it. This was one of my early restorations and I thought I’d have a go at
painting the chassis with aluminium
roofing paint similar in colour to the
original chassis colour.
Painting a chassis is OK if you
92 Silicon Chip
really know how to paint well. My
attempt is passable but with more
experience and care I’m sure that the
chassis would look better than it does.
As time goes by, we all learn to achieve
a higher standard of restoration.
Restoring the circuitry
During the 1950s era, HMV had the
helpful habit of enclosing the chassis
top in a frame, which meant that the
chassis could be turned upside down
for service without any likelihood of
My next step is to remove all valves
except for the rectifier and check that
there are no shorts between the HT
line and the chassis. I then turn the
set on and wait for about 30 seconds
while the voltage from the rectifier
rises to its peak. I then turn the set
off again and monitor this voltage –
it should slowly decrease. If it drops
very quickly, it is probable that the
main electrolytic filter capacitors need
reforming.
My method of reforming electrolytic
capacitors may be con
sidered a bit
brutal by some but with care, it is quite
safe. The method is quite simple – after
about a minute, when the voltage has
vanished, switch the set on again, wait
for the voltage to rise to a peak again
and then switch off again. Do this
several times and if the electrolytics
are reforming correctly, you will find
that the peak voltage increases and that
the voltage disappears more slowly at
switch off.
Note that while this method does
overload the rectifier for a short period, it doesn’t have the full set load
to cater for.
If the plates of the rectifier glow red,
you have a serious short between the
HT line and the chassis and the set
should be turned off immediately. You
may have a component breaking down
under load and the most likely culprit
will be an electrolytic capacitor.
If there is no improvement, switch
off, unplug the set from the mains
socket and check the electrolytic and
paper bypass capacitors for warmth
(warning: make sure that the electrowww.siliconchip.com.au
Photo Gallery: AWA Radiola 52G
Dual-Wave Receiver
Housed in an attractive Bakelite “Tombstone” style cabinet, the Radiola 52G was
manufactured by AWA in 1939. The set covers both medium and shortwave bands,
with separate sections of the large glass dial being illuminated according to the
band selected.
The valve line-up was as follows: 6A8-G frequency changer; 6U7-G IF amplifier;
6G8-G 1st audio/detector/AGC amplifier; 6F6-G audio output; and 5Y3-G rectifier.
(Photo: Historical Radio Society of Australia, Inc).
lytic capacitors have been discharged
before doing this). In this case, warmth
equals faulty, so replace any capacitors
that do get warm. Remember that some
sets have a bleeder resistor across the
power supply, so the voltage may still
disappear reasonably quickly.
With all the valves out of the set (except the rectifier), the HT voltages on
various stages can be checked within a
minute. They should all read the same
as long as there isn’t a tapped bleeder
resistor network across the power
supply. In some receiver models, the
screens of the RF and IF valves are fed
through such a network.
I did all the above and replaced
seven paper capacitors with much
later polyester types. I also replaced
the cathode resistor for the 6N8 audio
stage. All other components including
the electrolytic capacitors tested OK.
The shielded wiring had perished, so
it was all replaced to prevent shorts on
www.siliconchip.com.au
the audio line in the future.
It was now time to try the set out
with all the valves reinstalled. Initially, the performance was rather poor
for such a high-performance set and
the 6N8 IF amplifier was found to be
slacking on the job and so it was replaced. In addition, the wave-change
switch had suffered from the presence
of the rodents and some bands weren’t
working. Its contacts were sprayed
with contact-cleaning fluid and then
operated many times to clean the
sliding contacts.
Aligning the HMV 42-71
It was now time to align the set.
However, as with all multiband receivers, this isn’t quite as easy to do as on
a broadcast-band only set.
First, the gang is fully closed and
the dial pointer is aligned with the far
edge of the clear glass (good one Mr
HMV – a lot of other manufacturers
don’t tell you where the dial pointer should be with the gang closed).
Aligning of the IF amplifier stages and
the broadcast band is quite straightforward and my articles on alignment
in December 2002 and January and
February 2003 will assist you with
this part of the job. The location of
the various alignment points and the
dial-drive layout were shown in an
accompanying diagram supplied with
the main circuit.
The shortwave alignment is a little
different as the three shortwave bands
all use a common coil for the antenna
circuit, plus a common coil for the oscillator circuit. These coils are tapped
in order to give the required tuning
range for each band.
In practice, you can either connect
your antenna/aerial to the receiver
or do as HMV advise and use a 400Ω
(390Ω will do) resistor in series with
the aerial terminal to the signal genera
tor. The signal generator must be tone
modulated to carry out the alignment
procedure.
First, set the wave-change switch
to SW2 and the signal generator to
10MHz. Now tune the receiver to the
10MHz mark on the dial or to a point
KALEX
PCB Makers!
• High Speed PCB Drills • 3M Scotchmark
Laser Labels • PCB Material – Negative
or Positive Acting • Light Boxes – Single
or Double Sided; Large or Small • Etching
Tanks – Bubble • Electronic Components
and Equipment for TAFEs, Colleges and
Schools • Prompt Delivery
We now stock Hawera Carbide Tool Bits
718 High Street Rd, Glen Waverley 3150
Ph (03) 9802 0788 FAX (03) 9802 0700
ALL MAJOR CREDIT CARDS ACCEPTED
August 2003 93
This front view shows the assembled receiver after it has been removed from its
cabinet. The loudspeaker grille was resprayed with gold-coloured enamel paint
to restore its appearance.
where the receiver just responds to the
signal close to the 10MHz mark. That
done, adjust the shortwave oscillator
tuning slug until the 10MHz signal
is heard on 10MHz, then adjust the
shortwave aerial coil slug for peak
performance.
Next, adjust the signal generator to
12MHz and adjust the shortwave oscillator and aerial trimmer capacitors
so that the dial pointer corresponds to
12MHz for peak performance. Repeat
these adjustments on both 10MHz
and 12MHz until correct calibration
is achieved at both frequencies.
Now switch to SW1 and tune
the signal generator and receiver to
15MHz. The receiver may not tune
to the signal generator exactly on the
15MHz point but there is nothing
you can do about this. The shortwave
antenna circuit is now adjusted for
peak performance and this is done
by altering the position of the wire
connected to the first tap, which is
nearest the coil base.
To adjust this, file a small slot in the
end of a non-metallic knitting needle
and use the needle to adjust the position of the wire for best performance.
It’s an unusual method of alignment
but it works. The wire can be seen
near the aerial coil (near the rear of
the chassis), as shown in one of the
photographs.
Note that there are no adjustments
Silicon Chip Binders
Heavy board covers with mottled
dark green vinyl covering
Each binder holds up to 12 issues
SILICON CHIP logo printed in goldcoloured lettering on spine & cover
Price: $A12.95 plus $A5.50 p&p
each (Australia only; not available
elsewhere). Buy five and get them
postage free.
Just fill in & mail the handy order
form in this issue; or fax (02) 9979
6503; or ring (02) 9979 5644 &
quote your credit card number.
94 Silicon Chip
REAL
VALUE
AT
$12.95
PLUS P
&
P
for shortwave band three (SW3), as
the manufacturers relied on the manufactured accuracy of the coils and
the close-tolerance of the fixed band
spread capacitors.
By the way, if you don’t have a
signal generator, it’s possible to look
around for the WWVH time and
frequency stations on 10MHz and
15MHz. These stations put out a
pulsed tone signal every minute.
And that completes the alignment,
although the performance won’t be
quite optimum and some of the frequency calibrations will be slightly
inaccurate. In general, the dial-scale
is remarkably accurate, with a maximum error of 120kHz at 18MHz and
no more than 50kHz on the other two
shortwave bands. By contrast, many
dual-wave receivers are 500kHz or so
out of calibration on the shortwave
bands.
To overcome these relatively slight
inaccuracies on short
w ave, many
people put pencil marks on the dial
to mark their favourite stations. However, because of the touchy nature
of the tuning on low-cost dual-wave
receivers, the user often still could not
be 100% sure they were tuned to the
sought-after station – even with the
pencil marks. This is not a problem
with the 42-71, however.
Summary
Although HMV designed this radio
for the lower-priced end of the market for serious shortwave listening, it
works quite well. The set is quiet when
not connected to an antenna and both
man-made and natural noise become
apparent immediately an antenna is
connected. It is sensitive, although it
could do with a little more IF amplifier
gain (I’m fussy).
The dial calibrations are remarkably accurate, the alignment is quite
straightforward and the audio quality
is good due to the use of generously-sized components and good design.
What’s more, it is easy to service and
is an attractive set to look at.
The only criticism I have is that
although the control functions and
positions are shown on the dial-scale,
the band change and tone controls
have no indications as to what position they are in. That said, the HMV
42-71 is noticeably superior to the
average dual-wave 5-valve receiver.
I’m more than happy to have it in my
SC
collection.
www.siliconchip.com.au
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097; or
send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
EGO sensor connections
for mixture meter
I have a few queries about the mixture meter kit from Dick Smith Electronics. The recommended oxygen
sensor is the Bosch LSM11 which we
have obtained. Since there is only one
yellow wire coming from the PC board
to connect to the LSM11, to which
wire does it connect and to what do
I connect the other three wires of the
LSM11?
The LSM11 has two plugs – one
plug has two white wires with male
pins and the other has a black and
grey wire with female connectors. (T.
S., via email).
• You will need to measure the resistance between the wires. There is
a heater coil which should measure
some low ohm value between two of
the wires. The ground wire for the
sensor should show zero ohms to the
case while the signal wire should be
a high impedance to ground.
Probably the two white wires are
the heater, while the grey and black
wires are for the sensor. The high impedance sensor output connects to the
signal input on the mixture meter. The
ground connects to the same ground
Bridging the SC480
amplifier modules
I liked the presentation of the
SC480 amplifier in the January 2003
issue. I couldn’t believe it. I built the
ETI480 in 1981 and did countess
gigs with it as a DJ. That thing was
OK but I agree with you that the
specs were not great. I saw somewhere that some 100,000 units were
sold and built. I wish the SC480
the same success! I really liked the
way you presented it with different
transistors and a very informative
and well laid out article.
I was wondering if the SC480
could be bridged to produce more
www.siliconchip.com.au
as the mixture meter.
Note that it is not necessary to
connect the heater to the 12V supply
as the sensor will heat up via the
exhaust.
If you do not connect the heater, you
can test each wire combination with
one wire to ground and the other to the
mixture meter until the meter shows
the fuel mixture reading.
Mid-band tone control
for PortaPAL
I am interested in the PortaPAL
amplifier described in January &
February 2003. I want to use it for a
headphone amplifier for a bass guitar
while performing on stage and as a
practise amplifier head. Is it possible
to add a middle frequency parametric
pot onto this circuit? (R. S., via email).
• We published a parametric equaliser in the July 1996 issue of SILICON
CHIP. This could be used to replace
the bass and treble control circuit. The
grounded connections on the circuit
would need to connect to the half
supply (6V) rail of the PortaPAL. The
input potentiometer (VR1) would not
be required.
Alternatively, you could add the
power? If so, does the power supply
need upgrading? I am looking for
a high-power amplifier at around
200W in 8-ohm loads and was
looking at a bridging adaptor. I need
to know how safe and effec
tive
bridging is and if SILICON CHIP has a
bridging adaptor? (E. Z., via email).
• Two SC480 modules can be
bridged to produce around 200W
music power into 8-ohm loads. Do
not beef up the power supply otherwise you could push things over the
limit. A suitable bridge circuit and
PC board was featured in the June
1985 issue of “Electronics Australia”. We can supply a photocopy for
$8.80, including postage.
mid-band circuit for the tone control
used in the Guitar Amplifier published
in November 2000. Just add the midband components from the guitar tone
control (VR3, the 2.7nF capacitor and
the 12kΩ end resistors) to the PortaPAL
tone control circuit.
Concern for Onkyo receiver rating
I have recently purchased a pair
of Vifa JV60 speakers (described in
August 1995) from Jaycar Electronics.
They are rated at 4Ω. I am having difficulty finding an affordable receiver/
amplifier to drive them.
The receiver that I am considering
is an Onkyo TX-8511 because I can
get it really cheap! However, Onkyo
have told me that the amplifier does
not support 4Ω speakers. It is rated at
130W/channel for 6-ohm loads.
This particular receiver, listed in the
USA website with the same product
code, seems to support 4-ohm speakers
however the same product in Australia does not. Could this be because
of a design regulation affecting what
they can actually say? The amplifier
apparently has a large heatsink and
runs with a high current which is
supposedly good for supporting lower
impedance drivers.
The options that I have are either:
(1) ignore Onkyo’s recommendation
and use it with the speakers but be
careful with the volume levels and
heat build-up of the receiver or add
a resister to the speaker crossover to
bring it up to 6Ω; or (2) not use the
amplifier at all because it is completely
unsuitable.
Given that I am only keen to spend
about $500-$700 on an amplifier,
what do you think is the most suitable
solution to driving these speakers? If
adding an extra resistor to the speak
er is feasible, where would be the
most appropriate position for it to be
installed and what resistor would you
suggest? (J. D., via email).
• You have two options. Just operAugust 2003 95
Ultra-Bright LED Lamps For Spa Lighting
I was intrigued by your article
“LED Lighting For Your Car” in
the March 2003 issue. I have a
submerged red light in an indoor
spa. The light source is a 24V
150W halogen lamp. The whole
installation is unsatisfactory for a
number of reasons but high on the
list of problems is the intense heat
generated by the 150W quartz lamp.
There is plenty of room inside
the lamp housing but thermal conductivity will be poor as the entire
casing is plastic several millimetres
thick. When one considers that
there is warm water outside this, it
is clear that internal temperatures
must be very high. I believe that
internal pressure changes, due to
temperature variations, also add to
sealing difficulties.
It seems that this would be an
ideal application for a red LED ar-
ate the JV60s with your Onkyo and
don’t worry – it is unlikely that you
will blow anything unless you really
turn up the wick and even then you
probably will only blow a fuse in the
amplifier.
A check of the impedance curve
for the JV60s in the August 1995 issue of SILICON CHIP shows that they
could have been rated a nominal 6Ω
anyway; the impedance barely dips
below 4Ω at a couple of points in the
audio spectrum.
If you are still worried about your
Onkyo and want to protect it, connect
a PTC thermistor in series with the
amplifier outputs. Use the same Polyswitch PTC (Jaycar Cat RN-3470) as
we specified in the SC480 amplifier
described in the January/Febru
ary
2003 issues.
Engine knock
sensor required
I am looking for a voltage amplifier.
The input will be from zero to 250mV
and output up to 5V DC. It is needed to
convert the voltage signal from engine
knock sensors to a higher voltage so
the EMU can read the signal (up to
5V DC).
Will an audio amplifier with an
AC-DC converter do? (J. C., via email).
96 Silicon Chip
ray but there a couple of questions.
How many red LEDs would I need,
to approximate the light output of
a 150W quartz halogen globe? The
existing system uses a 24VAC transformer which I propose to full-wave
rectify. It would be nice to avoid the
need to use a 24V regulator, so will
the peak rectified waveform be a
problem? (E. T., via email).
• You would need dozens of ultra-bright red LEDs. Typically, we
have used 12-16 20000mcd LEDs
to replace a 21W stop light.
On that basis, to replace a 150W
red lamp (and allowing for the fact
that the lamp is a halogen type
which are more efficient than the
standard incandescent car stop
lights, you would need at least 150
LEDs, and maybe a lot more, to get
the same brightness. We don’t think
it is practical.
•
The engine knock sensor described
in the April 1996 issue of SILICON
CHIP has the essential ingredients you
require. These are the amplifier (IC1a
with adjustable gain from 2 to around
200) and a DC converter comprising
diode D1, a 1µF capacitor and a 1MΩ
resistor.
24V SLA
charger wanted
I need to trickle-charge two 12V
7Ah SLA batteries in ser
ies. Your
new charger for the PortaPAL seems
ideal with a few modifications for 24V
operation.
Apart from a 32V plugpack, I imagine I would have to change VR7
to 1kΩ, the 220Ω resistor feeding the
relay would have to be a higher value, the LED current limiting resistor
would have to be changed to about
470Ω and the electrolytic capacitor
voltages increased to 50V or so. Anything else? Is this an oversimplifica
tion? (B. P., via email).
• 24V operation would require using
a 32V plugpack and changing the capacitor voltage ratings to 50V as you
suggest. VR7 should be changed to 1kΩ
and the series 1kΩ resistor changed
to 2.2kΩ.
The 2.2kΩ resistors in series with
each LED should be changed to 4.7kΩ.
The relay can be changed to the 24V
version (Altronics Cat. S4162A) and
the series resistor changed to 1kΩ 5W.
Using 70V rails with
Plastic Power amplifier
I am interested in building the
Plastic Power amplifier published in
the April 1996 issue of SILICON CHIP. I
already have a really nice transformer
but the problem is that it’s going to give
me ±70V supply rails, significantly
higher than the 59V specified in the
design. My question is, do you think
I’ll get a way with it?
From what I can tell, all the semiconductors are rated at the higher
voltage. If I avoid a 4Ω load and only
run 8Ω, do you think I’ll come in under
the SOAR? (S. T., via email).
• We had to go back to the SOAR
curves to check out your question. The
answer is yes, provided you use only
8Ω loads, the amplifier is safe with
70V supply rails. But if your speaker
impedance curves dip to down below
6Ω anywhere in the audio range or the
supply rails go much above 70V, you
run the distinct risk of blowing your
amplifier.
If it was our choice, we would not
do it. If one of the output transistors
fails because of overload, you will
probably also lose the speakers in
that channel and you could even have
a fire! In fact, you should build the
Loudspeaker Protector from the April
1997 issue.
Confusion over
diode D3
I refer to the article “Adjustable DCDC Converter For Cars” in the June
2003 issue. On pages 71 and 72 are
photographs showing the assembled
circuit board for this project. In both
cases D3 is replaced by a wire link and
I could not find any reference to this
in the text. The text does say that D3
has another purpose besides guarding
against reverse polarity and that is to
limit the output voltage in the event
of a high input voltage.
I assume D3 was not fitted to the
development unit on the basis of being
not needed for a unit being carefully
tested by a competent person but I
am left with the lingering doubt as to
whether there is any other significance
in its omission. (E. W., via email).
www.siliconchip.com.au
•
Diode D3 was initially intended to
be optional depending on application.
The photograph was taken before the
decision to keep it in-circuit in all
cases.
The unit was tested with D3 in circuit as well as out of circuit.
Using the
4-channel remote
I am helping out a team from Sailability (volunteers who help disabled
people to sail) who have a buoy fitted
with a beeper which is used to guide
vision-impaired sailors around a
marker. At this time they are using a
12V reversing beeper which they have
to go to and switch on. As a result,
it is operating for some time and the
constant noise is upsetting some of
the locals.
We are assembling the Long-Range
UHF 4-Channel Remote Con
trol to
solve the problem. But my question
is, if another buoy was fitted with a
receiver, could the transmitter be used
to trigger the two buoys on independent coding or could channels A and B
be used? (F. N., via email).
• If you have the receivers in latched
mode, you could have up to four for
your application, with each receiver
operating off one channel.
Another solution for
ignition breakdown
I have just read response to the
question entitled “Crossfire Problem
in Multi-Spark Ignition” on page 92
of the December 2002 edition.
Rather than being crossfire, the
problem is more likely to be that the
Hall effect sensor is firing prior to the
rotor button being lined up with the
distributor cap. The vacuum advance
will be causing the behaviour. If he
removes the distributor cap, there will
LM3876 amplifier
module re-rated
I was looking to build some of the
LM3876 amplifier modules featured
in the March 1994 issue for an active
crossover system. I just want to confirm the performance measurements
quoted in the original article. Does
the amplifier really supply 55W into
4Ω? Looking at the data sheet for the
LM3876 chip, I cannot see how this
would be possible.
If you look at page 9 on the data
sheet it has a plot of output power
vs. load resistance. This shows
that for an RL of 5Ω, the output
power would only be 15W. (B. H.,
via email).
• We certainly measured 55W into
4-ohm loads when we presented
the device in 1994 but we don’t
be obvious spark marks on the leading
or trailing edge of the rotor button.
The solution is to remount the
sensor back or forwards by about 10
degrees or play with the vacuum advance. (P. Y., via email).
Reluctor problem with
multi-spark CDI
Having completed the Multi-Spark
Capacitor Discharge Ignition (SILICON
CHIP, September 1997), it appears the
triggering from my reluctor distributor is not happening. What could be
wrong? The distributor is fine and
swapping the reluctor wires over to it
does not help.
When power is first applied there
is a discharge into the coil, as I can
hear it and see it with my timing light.
On testing the inverter circuit to your
recommendations, I can measure
300V between the case and the tab of
have access to the original data
handy. Looking at the current data
on-line, it looks as though the chip
has been re-specced to severely
limit power for loads below 8Ω.
In that case it will be better to use
the higher-spec device LM3886.
This is optimised to deliver more
power into 4-ohm loads – up to
68W (typical).
This was featured in a dual power
amplifier module in February 1995.
It uses the same basic circuit as that
in March 1994 but the supply rails
must be reduced to ±28V for operation with 4-ohm loads.
In view of the supply/load limitations, you may want to consider
using the SC480 module featured in
the January & February 2003 issues.
These deliver quite a lot more power
with typical program signals.
Mosfet Q6. (W. M., via email).
The reluctor signal sensitivity can
be altered by changing the 47kΩ resistor which connects from the cathode of
ZD5 to the other 47kΩ resistor which
connects to the base of transistor Q8.
Use a 200kΩ trimpot first and adjust
it until the ignition fires. Then replace
the trimpot with a fixed value resistor
SC
of the same value.
•
Notes & Errata
50W Amplifier Module, March 1994:
the LM3876 used in this design has
been changed to severely limit its
power output into 4-ohm loads. If you
want to use a 4-ohm load, the solution
is to use the LM3886 which can deliver
over 60W. However the supply rails
should be reduced to ±28V, as recommended in the article for the LM3876
when using 4-ohm loads.
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such
projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be
carried out according to the instructions in the articles. When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do
not accidentally come into contact with mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects
employing mains voltages or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
disclaims any liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of
SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON CHIP disclaims any
liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims
any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 97
REFERENCE
GREAT BOOKS FOR
ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST AND ARE
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
PIC Your Personal Introductory Course
A handbook for professionals and students
from one of the world’s most respected
audio authorities. New edition is more
comprehensive than ever with a new
chapter on Class G amplifiers and
further new material on output coils,
thermal distortion, relay distortion,
ground loops, triple EF output stages and
convection cooling. 427 pages in paperback.
Concise and practical guide to getting up and
running with the PIC Microcontroller. Assumes no
prior knowledge of microcontrollers, introduces
the PIC’s capabilities through simple projects.
Ideal introduction for students, teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts – perfect for
use in schools and colleges. 270 pages in soft
cover.
by Douglas Self 3rd Edition 2002
89
$
by John Morton – 2nd edition 2001
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
46
$$
VIDEO SCRAMBLING AND DESCRAMBLING
AUDIO ELECTRONICS
If you've ever wondered how they scramble
video on cable and satellite TV, this book tells
you! Encoding/decoding systems (analog
and digital systems), encryption, even
schematics and details of several encoder
and decoder circuits for experimentation.
Intended for both the hobbyist and the
professional. 290 pages in paperback.
For anyone involved in designing, adapting and
using analog and digital audio equipment. It
covers tape recording, tuners and radio receivers,
preamplifiers, voltage amplifiers, audio power
amplifiers, compact disc technology and digital
audio, test and measurement, loudspeaker
crossover systems, power supplies and noise
reduction systems. 375 pages in soft cover.
By John Linsley Hood. First published 1995.
Second edition 1999.
FOR SATELLITE AND CABLE TV
by Graf & Sheets
2nd Edition 1998
4th
EDITION
$
70
87
$
EMC FOR PRODUCT DESIGNERS
3rd
EDITION
UNDERSTANDING TELEPHONE ELECTRONICS
By Stephen J. Bigelow. 4th edition 2001
Based mainly on the American telephone system, this book covers conventional telephone
fundamentals, including analog and digital
communication techniques. Provides basic information on the functions of each telephone
component, how dial tones are generated and
how digital transmission techniques work.
402 pages, soft cover.
103
$$
By Eugene Trundle. 3rd Edition 2001
3rd
EDITION
Eugene Trundle has written for many years in
Television magazine and his latest book is right
up to date on TV and video technology. includes
both theory and practical servicing information
and is ideal for both students and technicians.
382 pages, in paperback.
Widely regarded as the standard text on
EMC, provides all the key information needed
to meet the requirements of the EMC Directive.
Most importantly, it shows how to incorporate
EMC principles into the product design process, avoiding cost and performance penalties,
meeting the needs of specific standards and
resulting in a better overall product. 360 pages
in paperback.
63
$
By Ian Hickman. 2nd edition1999.
Essential reading for electronics designers and
students alike. It will answer nagging questions
about core analog theory and design principles
as well as offering practical design ideas. With
concise design implementations, with many of
the circuits taken from Ian Hickman’s magazine
articles. 294 pages in soft cover.
by Dogan Ibrahim. Published 2000.
by Steve Roberts. 2nd edition 2001.
Based mainly on British practice and first published in 1997, this book has much that is relevant to Australian systems as a guide to home
and small business installations. A practical
guide to installation of telephone wiring, ranging
from single extension sockets to PABX, with the
necessary tools, test equipment and materials
needed by installers. 178 pages in soft cover.
89
$$
Microcontroller Projects in C for the 8051
TELEPHONE INSTALLATION HANDBOOK
69
By Tim Williams. First published
1992. 3rd edition 2001.
ANALOG ELECTRONICS
GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
$
92
$
$
73
Through graded projects the author introduces the
fundamentals of microelectronics, the 8051 family,
programming in C and the use of a C
compiler. The AT89C2051 is an economical chip with re-writable memory.
Provides an interesting, enjoyable and
easily mastered alternative to more theoretical
textbooks. 178 pages
in paperback.
BOOKSHOP
ENQUIRING MINDS!
LOWER THAN RECOMMENDED RETAIL PRICE
WANT TO SAVE 10%?
10%
OFF! SILICON CHIP SUBSCRIBERS
AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A 10%
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK PURCHASES!
Power Supply Cookbook
Analog Cct Techniques With Digital Interfacing
by T H Wilmshurst. Published 2001.
by Marty Brown. 2nd edition 2001.
An easy-to-follow, step-by-step design framework for a wide variety of power supplies. Anyone with a basic knowledge of electronics can
create a very complicated power supply design .
Magnetics, feedback loop, EMI/RFI control and
compensation design are all described in simple
language. 265 pages in paperback.
99
VIDEO & CAMCORDER
SERVICING AND TECHNOLOGY
by Steve Beeching (Published 2001)
$
69
$
$
Provides fully up-to-date coverage of the whole
range of current home video equipment, analog
and digital. Information for repair and troubleshooting, with explanations of the technology of
video equipment. 318 pages in soft cover.
69
Antenna Toolkit
by Joe Carr. 2nd edition 2001.
Together with the CD software included, the reader
will have a complete solution for constructing or using an antenna - bar the actual hardware. The software is based on the author’s Antler program, which
provides a simple Windows-based aid to carrying
out the design calculations at the heart of successful
antenna design. 253 pages in paperback.
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
PIC IN PRACTICE
O
R
D
E
R
H
E
R
E
by Howard Hutchings. Revised by Mike James.
2nd edition 2001.
63 $$63
$
Anyone interested in ports, transducer interfacing,
analog to digital conversion, convolution, filters or
digital/analog conversion will benefit from reading
this book. The principals precede the applications
to provide genuine understanding and encourage
further development. 302 pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Ian Hickman 3rd Edition 2002
by D W Smith Published 2002
Based on popular short courses on the PIC,
for professionals, students and teachers.
Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal
introduction to the world of microcon-trollers for hobbyists, students and professionals.
255 pages in paperback.
87
$
Interfacing With C
Electric Motors And Drives
by Austin Hughes. 2nd edition 1993.
Reprinted 2001.
For non-specialist users – explores most of the
widely-used modern types of motor and drive, including conventional and brushless DC, induction,
stepping, synchronous and reluctance motors. 339
pages, in paperback.
Covers all the analog electronics needed in a wide
range of higher education programs: first degrees
in electronic engineering, experimental science
course, MSc electronics and electronics units for
HNDs. Text is supported by numerous worked
examples and experimental exercises. 312 pages
in paperback.
52 69
$$
$$
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians,
students and enthusiasts. Covers all of the key
topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines, transformers, couplers, amplifiers,
oscillators, modulation, transmitters and receivers,
propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
TAX INVOICE
ANALOG CIRCUIT TECHNIQUES W/DIGITAL INT............$69.00
Your Name_________________________________________________
ANALOG ELECTRONICS..................................................$89.00
PLEASE PRINT
ANTENNA TOOLKIT.........................................................$87.00
Address ___________________________________________________
AUDIO ELECTRONICS.....................................................$92.00
___________________________________ Postcode_______________
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN...............................$89.00
Daytime Phone No. (______) __________________________________
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES..................................$63.00
STD
EMC FOR PRODUCT DESIGNERS.................................$103.00
Email___________________<at>_________________________________
GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY............................$63.00
INTERFACING WITH C.....................................................$63.00
❏ Cheque/Money Order enclosed OR
M'CONTROLLER PROJECTS IN C FOR 8051..................$73.00
❏ Charge my credit card – ❏ Bankcard ❏ Visa Card ❏ MasterCard
PIC IN PRACTICE............................................................$52.00
PIC - YOUR PERSONAL INTRODUCTORY COURSE........$46.00
No:
POWER SUPPLY COOKBOOK..........................................$99.00
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK............................................$69.00
Signature______________________Card expiry date
TELEPHONE INSTALLATION HANDBOOK.......................$69.00
UNDERSTANDING TELEPHONE ELECTRONICS.................$70.00
PLUS P&P (if applic): $...........................
TOTAL$ AU..............................
VIDEO & CAMCORDER SERVICING/TECHNOLOGY........$69.00
VIDEO SCRAMBLING/DESCRAMBLING..........................$87.00
Orders over $100 P&P free in Australia.
POST TO: SILICON CHIP Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy NSW, Australia 2097.
AUST: Add $A5.50 per book
OR CALL (02) 9979 5644 & quote your credit card details; or FAX TO (02) 9979 6503
NZ: Add $A10 per book, $A15 elsewhere
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
P&P
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
Silicon Chip Back Issues
SLA Battery Charger; Electronic Engine Management, Pt.10.
August 1994: High-Power Dimmer For Incandescent Lights; Dual Diversity Tuner For FM Microphones, Pt.1; Nicad Zapper (For Resurrecting
Nicad Batteries); Electronic Engine Management, Pt.11.
April 1989: Auxiliary Brake Light Flasher; What You Need to Know
About Capacitors; 32-Band Graphic Equaliser, Pt.2.
December 1991: TV Transmitter For VCRs With UHF Modulators; IR
Light Beam Relay; Colour TV Pattern Generator, Pt.2; Index To Vol.4.
September 1994: Automatic Discharger For Nicad Batteries; MiniVox
Voice Operated Relay; AM Radio For Weather Beacons; Dual Diversity
Tuner For FM Mics, Pt.2; Electronic Engine Management, Pt.12.
May 1989: Build A Synthesised Tom-Tom; Biofeedback Monitor For
Your PC; Simple Stub Filter For Suppressing TV Interference.
March 1992: TV Transmitter For VHF VCRs; Thermostatic Switch For
Car Radiator Fans; Coping With Damaged Computer Directories; Valve
Substitution In Vintage Radios.
October 1994: How Dolby Surround Sound Works; Dual Rail Variable
Power Supply; Build A Talking Headlight Reminder; Electronic Ballast
For Fluorescent Lights; Electronic Engine Management, Pt.13.
April 1992: IR Remote Control For Model Railroads; Differential Input
Buffer For CROs; Understanding Computer Memory; Aligning Vintage
Radio Receivers, Pt.1.
November 1994: Dry Cell Battery Rejuvenator; Novel Alphanumeric
Clock; 80-Metre DSB Amateur Transmitter; Twin-Cell Nicad Discharger
(See May 1993); How To Plot Patterns Direct to PC Boards.
October 1989: FM Radio Intercom For Motorbikes Pt.1; GaAsFet
Preamplifier For Amateur TV; 2-Chip Portable AM Stereo Radio, Pt.2.
June 1992: Multi-Station Headset Intercom, Pt.1; Video Switcher For
Camcorders & VCRs; IR Remote Control For Model Railroads, Pt.3;
15-Watt 12-240V Inverter; A Look At Hard Disk Drives.
December 1994: Easy-To-Build Car Burglar Alarm; Three-Spot Low
Distortion Sinewave Oscillator; Clifford – A Pesky Electronic Cricket;
Remote Control System for Models, Pt.1; Index to Vol.7.
November 1989: Radfax Decoder For Your PC (Displays Fax, RTTY &
Morse); FM Radio Intercom For Motorbikes, Pt.2; 2-Chip Portable AM
Stereo Radio, Pt.3; Floppy Disk Drive Formats & Options.
October 1992: 2kW 24VDC - 240VAC Sinewave Inverter; Multi-Sector
Home Burglar Alarm, Pt.2; Mini Amplifier For Personal Stereos; A
Regulated Lead-Acid Battery Charger.
January 1995: Sun Tracker For Solar Panels; Battery Saver For Torches;
Dolby Pro-Logic Surround Sound Decoder, Pt.2; Dual Channel UHF
Remote Control; Stereo Microphone Preamplifier.
January 1990: High Quality Sine/Square Oscillator; Service Tips For
Your VCR; Active Antenna Kit; Designing UHF Transmitter Stages.
February 1993: Three Projects For Model Railroads; Low Fuel Indicator
For Cars; Audio Level/VU Meter (LED Readout); An Electronic Cockroach; 2kW 24VDC To 240VAC Sinewave Inverter, Pt.5.
February 1995: 2 x 50W Stereo Amplifier Module; Digital Effects Unit
For Musicians; 6-Channel Thermometer With LCD Readout; Wide
Range Electrostatic Loudspeakers, Pt.1; Oil Change Timer For Cars;
Remote Control System For Models, Pt.2.
July 1989: Exhaust Gas Monitor; Experimental Mains Hum Sniffers;
Compact Ultrasonic Car Alarm; The NSW 86 Class Electrics.
September 1989: 2-Chip Portable AM Stereo Radio Pt.1; High Or Low
Fluid Level Detector; Studio Series 20-Band Stereo Equaliser, Pt.2.
February 1990: A 16-Channel Mixing Desk; Build A High Quality Audio
Oscillator, Pt.2; The Incredible Hot Canaries; Random Wire Antenna
Tuner For 6 Metres; Phone Patch For Radio Amateurs, Pt.2.
March 1990: Delay Unit For Automatic Antennas; Workout Timer For
Aerobics Classes; 16-Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.2; Using The UC3906
SLA Battery Charger IC.
April 1990: Dual Tracking ±50V Power Supply; Voice-Operated Switch
With Delayed Audio; 16-Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.3; Active CW Filter.
June 1990: Multi-Sector Home Burglar Alarm; Build A Low-Noise
Universal Stereo Preamplifier; Load Protector For Power Supplies.
July 1990: Digital Sine/Square Generator, Pt.1 (covers 0-500kHz);
Burglar Alarm Keypad & Combination Lock; Build A Simple Electronic
Die; A Low-Cost Dual Power Supply.
August 1990: High Stability UHF Remote Transmitter; Universal Safety
Timer For Mains Appliances (9 Minutes); Horace The Electronic Cricket;
Digital Sine/Square Generator, Pt.2.
September 1990: A Low-Cost 3-Digit Counter Module; Build A Simple
Shortwave Converter For The 2-Metre Band; The Care & Feeding Of
Nicad Battery Packs (Getting The Most From Nicad Batteries).
October 1990: The Dangers of PCBs; Low-Cost Siren For Burglar
Alarms; Dimming Controls For The Discolight; Surfsound Simulator;
DC Offset For DMMs; NE602 Converter Circuits.
November 1990: Connecting Two TV Sets To One VCR; Build An Egg
Timer; Low-Cost Model Train Controller; 1.5V To 9V DC Converter;
Introduction To Digital Electronics; A 6-Metre Amateur Transmitter.
January 1991: Fast Charger For Nicad Batteries, Pt.1; Have Fun With
The Fruit Machine (Simple Poker Machine); Build A Two-Tone Alarm
Module; The Dangers of Servicing Microwave Ovens.
March 1991: Transistor Beta Tester Mk.2; A Synthesised AM Stereo
Tuner, Pt.2; Multi-Purpose I/O Board For PC-Compatibles; Universal
Wideband RF Preamplifier For Amateur Radio & TV.
May 1991: 13.5V 25A Power Supply For Transceivers; Stereo Audio
Expander; Fluorescent Light Simulator For Model Railways; How To
Install Multiple TV Outlets, Pt.1.
July 1991: Loudspeaker Protector For Stereo Amplifiers; 4-Channel
Lighting Desk, Pt.2; How To Install Multiple TV Outlets, Pt.2; Tuning
In To Satellite TV, Pt.2.
September 1991: Digital Altimeter For Gliders & Ultralights; Ultrasonic
Switch For Mains Appliances; The Basics Of A/D & D/A Conversion;
Plotting The Course Of Thunderstorms.
October 1991: Build A Talking Voltmeter For Your PC, Pt.1; SteamSound
Simulator For Model Railways Mk.II; Magnetic Field Strength Meter;
Digital Altimeter For Gliders, Pt.2; Military Applications Of R/C Aircraft.
November 1991: Build A Colour TV Pattern Generator, Pt.1; A Junkbox
2-Valve Receiver; Flashing Alarm Light For Cars; Digital Altimeter For
Gliders, Pt.3; Build A Talking Voltmeter For Your PC, Pt.2.
ORDER FORM
March 1993: Solar Charger For 12V Batteries; Alarm-Triggered Security
Camera; Reaction Trainer; Audio Mixer for Camcorders; A 24-Hour
Sidereal Clock For Astronomers.
April 1993: Solar-Powered Electric Fence; Audio Power Meter;
Three-Function Home Weather Station; 12VDC To 70VDC Converter;
Digital Clock With Battery Back-Up.
June 1993: AM Radio Trainer, Pt.1; Remote Control For The Woofer
Stopper; Digital Voltmeter For Cars; Windows-Based Logic Analyser.
July 1993: Single Chip Message Recorder; Light Beam Relay
Extender; AM Radio Trainer, Pt.2; Quiz Game Adjudicator; Windows-Based Logic Analyser, Pt.2; Antenna Tuners – Why They Are Useful.
August 1993: Low-Cost Colour Video Fader; 60-LED Brake Light
Array; Microprocessor-Based Sidereal Clock; Satellites & Their Orbits.
September 1993: Automatic Nicad Battery Charger/Discharger; Stereo
Preamplifier With IR Remote Control, Pt.1; In-Circuit Transistor Tester;
+5V to ±15V DC Converter; Remote-Controlled Cockroach.
October 1993: Courtesy Light Switch-Off Timer For Cars; Wireless
Microphone For Musicians; Stereo Preamplifier With IR Remote
Control, Pt.2; Electronic Engine Management, Pt.1.
November 1993: High Efficiency Inverter For Fluorescent Tubes; Stereo
Preamplifier With IR Remote Control, Pt.3; Siren Sound Generator;
Engine Management, Pt.2; Experiments For Games Cards.
December 1993: Remote Controller For Garage Doors; Build A LED
Stroboscope; Build A 25W Audio Amplifier Module; A 1-Chip Melody
Generator; Engine Management, Pt.3; Index To Volume 6.
January 1994: 3A 40V Variable Power Supply; Solar Panel Switching
Regulator; Printer Status Indicator; Mini Drill Speed Controller; Stepper
Motor Controller; Active Filter Design; Engine Management, Pt.4.
February 1994: Build A 90-Second Message Recorder; 12-240VAC
200W Inverter; 0.5W Audio Amplifier; 3A 40V Adjustable Power
Supply; Engine Management, Pt.5; Airbags In Cars – How They Work.
March 1994: Intelligent IR Remote Controller; 50W (LM3876) Audio
Amplifier Module; Level Crossing Detector For Model Railways; Voice
Activated Switch For FM Microphones; Engine Management, Pt.6.
April 1994: Sound & Lights For Model Railway Level Crossings; Discrete
Dual Supply Voltage Regulator; Universal Stereo Preamplifier; Digital
Water Tank Gauge; Engine Management, Pt.7.
March 1995: 2 x 50W Stereo Amplifier, Pt.1; Subcarrier Decoder
For FM Receivers; Wide Range Electrostatic Loudspeakers, Pt.2; IR
Illuminator For CCD Cameras; Remote Control System For Models, Pt.3.
April 1995: FM Radio Trainer, Pt.1; Balanced Mic Preamp & Line
Filter; 50W/Channel Stereo Amplifier, Pt.2; Wide Range Electrostatic
Loudspeakers, Pt.3; 8-Channel Decoder For Radio Remote Control.
May 1995: Build A Guitar Headphone Amplifier; FM Radio Trainer, Pt.2;
Transistor/Mosfet Tester For DMMs; A 16-Channel Decoder For Radio
Remote Control; Introduction to Satellite TV.
June 1995: Build A Satellite TV Receiver; Train Detector For Model
Railways; 1W Audio Amplifier Trainer; Low-Cost Video Security System;
Multi-Channel Radio Control Transmitter For Models, Pt.1.
July 1995: Electric Fence Controller; How To Run Two Trains On A
Single Track (Incl. Lights & Sound); Setting Up A Satellite TV Ground
Station; Build A Reliable Door Minder.
August 1995: Fuel Injector Monitor For Cars; Gain Controlled Microphone Preamp; Audio Lab PC-Controlled Test Instrument, Pt.1; How
To Identify IDE Hard Disk Drive Parameters.
September 1995: Railpower Mk.2 Walkaround Throttle For Model
Railways, Pt.1; Keypad Combination Lock; The Vader Voice; Jacob’s
Ladder Display; Audio Lab PC-Controlled Test Instrument, Pt.2.
October 1995: 3-Way Loudspeaker System; Railpower Mk.2
Walkaround Throttle For Model Railways, Pt.2; Build A Fast Charger
For Nicad Batteries.
November 1995: Mixture Display For Fuel Injected Cars; CB Transverter
For The 80M Amateur Band, Pt.1; PIR Movement Detector.
December 1995: Engine Immobiliser; 5-Band Equaliser; CB Transverter
For The 80M Amateur Band, Pt.2; Subwoofer Controller; Knock Sensing
In Cars; Index To Volume 8.
January 1996: Surround Sound Mixer & Decoder, Pt.1; Magnetic Card
Reader; Build An Automatic Sprinkler Controller; IR Remote Control
For The Railpower Mk.2; Recharging Nicad Batteries For Long Life.
April 1996: 125W Audio Amplifier Module; Knock Indicator For Leaded
Petrol Engines; Multi-Channel Radio Control Transmitter; Pt.3.
May 1996: High Voltage Insulation Tester; Knightrider LED Chaser;
Simple Intercom Uses Optical Cable; Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes, Pt.3.
May 1994: Fast Charger For Nicad Batteries; Induction Balance Metal
Locator; Multi-Channel Infrared Remote Control; Dual Electronic Dice;
Simple Servo Driver Circuits; Engine Management, Pt.8.
June 1996: BassBox CAD Loudspeaker Software Reviewed; Stereo
Simulator (uses delay chip); Rope Light Chaser; Low Ohms Tester
For Your DMM; Automatic 10A Battery Charger.
June 1994: A Coolant Level Alarm For Your Car; 80-Metre AM/CW
Transmitter For Amateurs; Converting Phono Inputs To Line Inputs;
PC-Based Nicad Battery Monitor; Engine Management, Pt.9.
July 1996: Build A VGA Digital Oscilloscope, Pt.1; Remote Control
Extender For VCRs; 2A SLA Battery Charger; 3-Band Parametric
Equaliser; Single Channel 8-Bit Data Logger.
July 1994: Build A 4-Bay Bow-Tie UHF TV Antenna; PreChamp 2-Transistor Preamplifier; Steam Train Whistle & Diesel Horn Simulator; 6V
August 1996: Introduction to IGBTs; Electronic Starter For Fluorescent
Please send the following back issues:________________________________________
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $______or please debit my: Bankcard Visa Card Master Card
10% OF
F
SUBSCR TO
IB
OR IF Y ERS
OU B
10 OR M UY
ORE
Note: prices include postage & packing
Australia ............................... $A8.80 (incl. GST)
Overseas (airmail) ..................................... $A10
Card No.
Signature ___________________________ Card expiry date_____ /______
Name ______________________________ Phone No (___) ____________
PLEASE PRINT
Street ______________________________________________________
Suburb/town _______________________________ Postcode ___________
100 Silicon Chip
Detach and mail to:
Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139,
Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097.
Or call (02) 9979 5644 & quote your credit card
details or fax the details to (02) 9979 6503.
Email: silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
www.siliconchip.com.au
Lamps; VGA Oscilloscope, Pt.2; 350W Amplifier Module; Masthead
Amplifier For TV & FM; Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes, Pt.4.
BASIC Stamp; LED Bargraph Ammeter For Cars; Keypad Engine
Immobiliser; Improving AM Radio Reception, Pt.3.
Timer; Pic-Toc – A Simple Alarm Clock; Fast Universal Battery Charger,
Pt.2; A PC To Die For, Pt.2; Backing Up Your Email.
September 1996: VGA Oscilloscope, Pt.3; IR Stereo Headphone Link,
Pt.1; High Quality PA Loudspeaker; 3-Band HF Amateur Radio Receiver;
Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes, Pt.5.
March 1999: Getting Started With Linux; Pt.1; Build A Digital
Anemometer; Simple DIY PIC Programmer; Easy-To-Build Audio
Compressor; Low Distortion Audio Signal Generator, Pt.2.
August 2001: DI Box For Musicians; 200W Mosfet Amplifier Module;
Headlight Reminder; 40MHz 6-Digit Frequency Counter Module; A PC
To Die For, Pt.3; Using Linux To Share An Internet Connection, Pt.3.
October 1996: Send Video Signals Over Twisted Pair Cable; Power
Control With A Light Dimmer; 600W DC-DC Converter For Car Hifi
Systems, Pt.1; IR Stereo Headphone Link, Pt.2; Build A Multi-Media
Sound System, Pt.1; Multi-Channel Radio Control Transmitter, Pt.8.
April 1999: Getting Started With Linux; Pt.2; High-Power Electric
Fence Controller; Bass Cube Subwoofer; Programmable Thermostat/
Thermometer; Build An Infrared Sentry; Rev Limiter For Cars.
September 2001: Making MP3s – Rippers & Encoders; Build Your Own
MP3 Jukebox, Pt.1; PC-Controlled Mains Switch; Personal Noise Source
For Tinnitus Sufferers; The Sooper Snooper Directional Microphone;
Using Linux To Share An Internet Connection, Pt.4.
November 1996: 8-Channel Stereo Mixer, Pt.1; Low-Cost Fluorescent
Light Inverter; Repairing Domestic Light Dimmers; Multi-Media Sound
System, Pt.2; 600W DC-DC Converter For Car Hifi Systems, Pt.2.
December 1996: Active Filter Cleans Up Your CW Reception; A Fast
Clock For Railway Modellers; Laser Pistol & Electronic Target; Build
A Sound Level Meter; 8-Channel Stereo Mixer, Pt.2; Index To Vol.9.
January 1997: How To Network Your PC; Control Panel For Multiple
Smoke Alarms, Pt.1; Build A Pink Noise Source; Computer Controlled
Dual Power Supply, Pt.1; Digi-Temp Monitors Eight Temperatures.
February 1997: PC-Controlled Moving Message Display; Computer
Controlled Dual Power Supply, Pt.2; Alert-A-Phone Loud Sounding
Telephone Alarm; Control Panel For Multiple Smoke Alarms, Pt.2.
March 1997: Driving A Computer By Remote Control; Plastic Power
PA Amplifier (175W); Signalling & Lighting For Model Railways; Build
A Jumbo LED Clock; Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes, Pt.7.
April 1997: Simple Timer With No ICs; Digital Voltmeter For Cars;
Loudspeaker Protector For Stereo Amplifiers; Model Train Controller;
A Look At Signal Tracing; Pt.1; Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes, Pt.8.
May 1997: Neon Tube Modulator For Light Systems; Traffic Lights For
A Model Intersection; The Spacewriter – It Writes Messages In Thin
Air; A Look At Signal Tracing; Pt.2; Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes, Pt.9.
June 1997: PC-Controlled Thermometer/Thermostat; TV Pattern
Generator, Pt.1; Audio/RF Signal Tracer; High-Current Speed Controller
For 12V/24V Motors; Manual Control Circuit For Stepper Motors.
July 1997: Infrared Remote Volume Control; A Flexible Interface Card
For PCs; Points Controller For Model Railways; Colour TV Pattern
Generator, Pt.2; An In-Line Mixer For Radio Control Receivers.
August 1997: The Bass Barrel Subwoofer; 500 Watt Audio Power
Amplifier Module; A TENs Unit For Pain Relief; Addressable PC Card
For Stepper Motor Control; Remote Controlled Gates For Your Home.
September 1997: Multi-Spark Capacitor Discharge Ignition; 500W
Audio Power Amplifier, Pt.2; A Video Security System For Your Home;
PC Card For Controlling Two Stepper Motors; HiFi On A Budget.
October 1997: Build A 5-Digit Tachometer; Add Central Locking To Your
Car; PC-Controlled 6-Channel Voltmeter; 500W Audio Power Amplifier,
Pt.3; Customising The Windows 95 Start Menu.
November 1997: Heavy Duty 10A 240VAC Motor Speed Controller;
Easy-To-Use Cable & Wiring Tester; Build A Musical Doorbell; Replacing Foam Speaker Surrounds; Understanding Electric Lighting Pt.1.
December 1997: Speed Alarm For Cars; 2-Axis Robot With Gripper;
Stepper Motor Driver With Onboard Buffer; Power Supply For Stepper
Motor Cards; Understanding Electric Lighting Pt.2; Index To Vol.10.
January 1998: Build Your Own 4-Channel Lightshow, Pt.1 (runs off
12VDC or 12VAC); Command Control System For Model Railways,
Pt.1; Pan Controller For CCD Cameras.
February 1998: Multi-Purpose Fast Battery Charger, Pt.1; Telephone
Exchange Simulator For Testing; Command Control System For Model
Railways, Pt.2; Build Your Own 4-Channel Lightshow, Pt.2.
April 1998: Automatic Garage Door Opener, Pt.1; 40V 8A Adjustable
Power Supply, Pt.1; PC-Controlled 0-30kHz Sinewave Generator; Build
A Laser Light Show; Understanding Electric Lighting; Pt.6.
May 1998: Troubleshooting Your PC, Pt.1; Build A 3-LED Logic Probe;
Automatic Garage Door Opener, Pt.2; Command Control For Model
Railways, Pt.4; 40V 8A Adjustable Power Supply, Pt.2.
June 1998: Troubleshooting Your PC, Pt.2; Universal High Energy
Ignition System; The Roadies’ Friend Cable Tester; Universal Stepper
Motor Controller; Command Control For Model Railways, Pt.5.
July 1998: Troubleshooting Your PC, Pt.3; 15W/Ch Class-A Audio
Amplifier, Pt.1; Simple Charger For 6V & 12V SLA Batteries; Auto
matic Semiconductor Analyser; Understanding Electric Lighting, Pt.8.
August 1998: Troubleshooting Your PC, Pt.4 (Adding Extra Memory);
Simple I/O Card With Automatic Data Logging; Build A Beat Triggered
Strobe; 15W/Ch Class-A Stereo Amplifier, Pt.2.
September 1998: Troubleshooting Your PC, Pt.5; A Blocked Air-Filter
Alarm; Waa-Waa Pedal For Guitars; Jacob’s Ladder; Gear Change
Indicator For Cars; Capacity Indicator For Rechargeable Batteries.
October 1998: AC Millivoltmeter, Pt.1; PC-Controlled Stress-O-Meter;
Versatile Electronic Guitar Limiter; 12V Trickle Charg-er For Float Conditions; Adding An External Battery Pack To Your Flashgun.
November 1998: The Christmas Star; A Turbo Timer For Cars; Build
A Poker Machine, Pt.1; FM Transmitter For Musicians; Lab Quality AC
Millivoltmeter, Pt.2; Improving AM Radio Reception, Pt.1.
May 1999: The Line Dancer Robot; An X-Y Table With Stepper Motor
Control, Pt.1; Three Electric Fence Testers; Heart Of LEDs; Build A
Carbon Monoxide Alarm; Getting Started With Linux; Pt.3.
June 1999: FM Radio Tuner Card For PCs; X-Y Table With Stepper Motor
Control, Pt.2; Programmable Ignition Timing Module For Cars, Pt.1;
Hard Disk Drive Upgrades Without Reinstalling Software?
July 1999: Build A Dog Silencer; 10µH to 19.99mH Inductance Meter;
Build An Audio-Video Transmitter; Programmable Ignition Timing
Module For Cars, Pt.2; XYZ Table With Stepper Motor Control, Pt.3.
August 1999: Remote Modem Controller; Daytime Running Lights For
Cars; Build A PC Monitor Checker; Switching Temperature Controller;
XYZ Table With Stepper Motor Control, Pt.4; Electric Lighting, Pt.14.
September 1999: Autonomouse The Robot, Pt.1; Voice Direct Speech
Recognition Module; Digital Electrolytic Capacitance Meter; XYZ Table
With Stepper Motor Control, Pt.5; Peltier-Powered Can Cooler.
October 1999: Build The Railpower Model Train Controller, Pt.1;
Semiconductor Curve Tracer; Autonomouse The Robot, Pt.2; XYZ
Table With Stepper Motor Control, Pt.6; Introducing Home Theatre.
November 1999: Setting Up An Email Server; Speed Alarm For Cars,
Pt.1; LED Christmas Tree; Intercom Station Expander; Foldback Loudspeaker System; Railpower Model Train Controller, Pt.2.
December 1999: Solar Panel Regulator; PC Powerhouse (gives +12V,
+9V, +6V & +5V rails); Fortune Finder Metal Locator; Speed Alarm For
Cars, Pt.2; Railpower Model Train Controller, Pt.3; Index To Vol.12.
January 2000: Spring Reverberation Module; An Audio-Video Test
Generator; Build The Picman Programmable Robot; A Parallel Port
Interface Card; Off-Hook Indicator For Telephone Lines.
February 2000: Multi-Sector Sprinkler Controller; A Digital Voltmeter
For Your Car; An Ultrasonic Parking Radar; Build A Safety Switch
Checker; Build A Sine/Square Wave Oscillator.
December 2001: A Look At Windows XP; Build A PC Infrared Transceiver; Ultra-LD 100W RMS/Ch Stereo Amplifier, Pt.2; Pardy Lights
– An Intriguing Colour Display; PIC Fun – Learning About Micros.
January 2002: Touch And/Or Remote-Controlled Light Dimmer, Pt.1; A
Cheap ’n’Easy Motorbike Alarm; 100W RMS/Channel Stereo Amplifier,
Pt.3; Build A Raucous Alarm; FAQs On The MP3 Jukebox.
February 2002: 10-Channel IR Remote Control Receiver; 2.4GHz
High-Power Audio-Video Link; Assemble Your Own 2-Way Tower
Speakers; Touch And/Or Remote-Controlled Light Dimmer, Pt.2;
Booting A PC Without A Keyboard; 4-Way Event Timer.
March 2002: Mighty Midget Audio Amplifier Module; The Itsy-Bitsy
USB Lamp; 6-Channel IR Remote Volume Control, Pt.1; RIAA Pre-Amplifier For Magnetic Cartridges; 12/24V Intelligent Solar Power
Battery Charger; Generate Audio Tones Using Your PC’s Soundcard.
April 2002:Automatic Single-Channel Light Dimmer; Pt.1; Build A
Water Level Indicator; Multiple-Output Bench Power Supply; Versatile
Multi-Mode Timer; 6-Channel IR Remote Volume Control, Pt.2.
May 2002: 32-LED Knightrider; The Battery Guardian (Cuts Power When
the Battery Voltage Drops); Stereo Headphone Amplifier; Automatic
Single-Channel Light Dimmer; Pt.2; Stepper Motor Controller.
June 2002: Lock Out The Bad Guys with A Firewall; Remote Volume
Control For Stereo Amplifiers; The “Matchless” Metal Locator; Compact
0-80A Automotive Ammeter; Constant High-Current Source.
July 2002: Telephone Headset Adaptor; Rolling Code 4-Channel UHF
Remote Control; Remote Volume Control For The Ultra-LD Stereo
Amplifier; Direct Conversion Receiver For Radio Amateurs, Pt.1.
March 2000: Resurrecting An Old Computer; Low Distortion 100W
Amplifier Module, Pt.1; Electronic Wind Vane With 16-LED Display;
Glowplug Driver For Powered Models; The OzTrip Car Computer, Pt.1.
August 2002: Digital Instrumentation Software For Your PC; Digital
Storage Logic Probe; Digital Thermometer/Thermostat; Sound Card
Interface For PC Test Instruments; Direct Conversion Receiver For Radio
Amateurs, Pt.2; Spruce Up Your PC With XP-Style Icons.
May 2000: Ultra-LD Stereo Amplifier, Pt.2; Build A LED Dice (With
PIC Microcontroller); Low-Cost AT Keyboard Translator (Converts
IBM Scan-Codes To ASCII); 50A Motor Speed Controller For Models.
September 2002: 12V Fluorescent Lamp Inverter; 8-Channel Infrared
Remote Control; 50-Watt DC Electronic Load; Driving Light & Accessory
Protector For Cars; Spyware – An Update.
June 2000: Automatic Rain Gauge With Digital Readout; Parallel Port
VHF FM Receiver; Li’l Powerhouse Switchmode Power Supply (1.23V
to 40V) Pt.1; CD Compressor For Cars Or The Home.
October 2002: Speed Controller For Universal Motors; PC Parallel
Port Wizard; “Whistle & Point” Cable Tracer; Build An AVR ISP Serial
Programmer; Watch 3D TV In Your Own Home.
July 2000: A Moving Message Display; Compact Fluorescent Lamp
Driver; El-Cheapo Musicians’ Lead Tester; Li’l Powerhouse Switchmode
Power Supply (1.23V to 40V) Pt.2.
November 2002: SuperCharger For NiCd/NiMH Batteries, Pt.1; Windows-Based EPROM Programmer, Pt.1; 4-Digit Crystal-Controlled
Timing Module; Using Linux To Share An Optus Cable Modem, Pt.1.
August 2000: Build A Theremin For Really Eeerie Sounds; Come In
Spinner (writes messages in “thin-air”); Proximity Switch For 240VAC
Lamps; Structured Cabling For Computer Networks.
December 2002: Receiving TV From Satellites; Pt.1; The Micromitter
Stereo FM Transmitter; Windows-Based EPROM Programmer, Pt.2;
SuperCharger For NiCd/NiMH Batteries; Pt.2; Simple VHF FM/AM Radio;
Using Linux To Share An Optus Cable Modem, Pt.2.
September 2000: Build A Swimming Pool Alarm; An 8-Channel PC
Relay Board; Fuel Mixture Display For Cars, Pt.1; Protoboards – The
Easy Way Into Electronics, Pt.1; Cybug The Solar Fly.
October 2000: Guitar Jammer For Practice & Jam Sessions; Booze
Buster Breath Tester; A Wand-Mounted Inspection Camera; Installing
A Free-Air Subwoofer In Your Car; Fuel Mixture Display For Cars, Pt.2.
November 2000: Santa & Rudolf Chrissie Display; 2-Channel Guitar
Preamplifier, Pt.1; Message Bank & Missed Call Alert; Protoboards –
The Easy Way Into Electronics, Pt.3.
December 2000: Home Networking For Shared Internet Access; Build
A Bright-White LED Torch; 2-Channel Guitar Preamplifier, Pt.2 (Digital
Reverb); Driving An LCD From The Parallel Port; Index To Vol.13.
January 2003: Receiving TV From Satellites, Pt 2; SC480 50W RMS
Amplifier Module, Pt.1; Gear Indicator For Cars; Active 3-Way Crossover
For Speakers; Using Linux To Share An Optus Cable Modem, Pt.3.
February 2003: The PortaPal Public Address System, Pt.1; 240V
Mains Filter For HiFi Systems; SC480 50W RMS Amplifier Module,
Pt.2; Windows-Based EPROM Programmer, Pt.3; Using Linux To
Share An Optus Cable Modem, Pt.4; Tracking Down Elusive PC Faults.
March 2003: LED Lighting For Your Car; Peltier-Effect Tinnie Cooler;
PortaPal Public Address System, Pt.2; 12V SLA Battery Float Charger;
Build The Little Dynamite Subwoofer; Fun With The PICAXE (Build A
Shop Door Minder); SuperCharger Addendum; Emergency Beacons.
January 2001: How To Transfer LPs & Tapes To CD; The LP Doctor –
Clean Up Clicks & Pops, Pt.1; Arbitrary Waveform Generator; 2-Channel
Guitar Preamplifier, Pt.3; PIC Programmer & TestBed.
April 2003: Video-Audio Booster For Home Theatre Systems; A Highly-Flexible Keypad Alarm; Telephone Dialler For Burglar Alarms; Three
Do-It-Yourself PIC Programmer Kits; More Fun With The PICAXE, Pt.3
(Heartbeat Simulator); Electric Shutter Release For Cameras.
February 2001: An Easy Way To Make PC Boards; L’il Pulser Train
Controller; A MIDI Interface For PCs; Build The Bass Blazer; 2-Metre
Groundplane Antenna; The LP Doctor – Clean Up Clicks & Pops, Pt.2.
May 2003: Widgybox Guitar Distortion Effects Unit; 10MHz Direct Digital Synthesis Generator; Big Blaster Subwoofer; Printer Port Simulator;
More Fun With The PICAXE, Pt.4 (Motor Controller).
March 2001: Making Photo Resist PC Boards; Big-Digit 12/24 Hour
Clock; Parallel Port PIC Programmer & Checkerboard; Protoboards –
The Easy Way Into Electronics, Pt.5; A Simple MIDI Expansion Box.
June 2003: More Fun With The PICAXE, Pt.5 (Chookhouse Door
Controller); PICAXE-Controlled Telephone Intercom; PICAXE-08 Port
Expansion; Sunset Switch For Security & Garden Lighting; Digital
Reaction Timer; Adjustable DC-DC Converter For Cars; Long-Range
4-Channel UHF Remote Control.
April 2001: A GPS Module For Your PC; Dr Video – An Easy-To-Build
Video Stabiliser; Tremolo Unit For Musicians; Minimitter FM Stereo
Transmitter; Intelligent Nicad Battery Charger.
May 2001: Powerful 12V Mini Stereo Amplifier; Two White-LED Torches
To Build; PowerPak – A Multi-Voltage Power Supply; Using Linux To
Share An Internet Connection, Pt.1; Tweaking Windows With TweakUI.
December 1998: Engine Immobiliser Mk.2; Thermocouple Adaptor
For DMMs; Regulated 12V DC Plugpack; Build A Poker Machine, Pt.2;
Improving AM Radio Reception, Pt.2; Mixer Module For F3B Gliders.
June 2001: Fast Universal Battery Charger, Pt.1; Phonome – Call, Listen
In & Switch Devices On & Off; L’il Snooper – A Low-Cost Automatic
Camera Switcher; Using Linux To Share An Internet Connection, Pt.2;
A PC To Die For, Pt.1 (Building Your Own PC).
January 1999: High-Voltage Megohm Tester; Getting Started With
July 2001: The HeartMate Heart Rate Monitor; Do Not Disturb Telephone
www.siliconchip.com.au
November 2001: Ultra-LD 100W RMS/Channel Stereo Amplifier, Pt.1;
Neon Tube Modulator For Cars; Low-Cost Audio/Video Distribution
Amplifier; Short Message Recorder Player; Computer Tips.
July 2003: Smart Card Reader & Programmer; Power-Up Auto Mains
Switch; A “Smart” Slave Flash Trigger; Pzrogrammable Continuity
Tester; PICAXE Pt.6 – Data Communications; Updating The PIC Programmer & Checkerboard; RFID Tags – How They Work.
PLEASE NOTE: Issues not listed have sold out. All other issues are
in stock. We can supply photostat copies from sold-out issues for
$8.80 per article (includes p&p). When supplying photostat articles
or back copies, we automatically supply any relevant notes & errata
at no extra charge. A complete index to all articles published to date
can be downloaded free from our web site: www.siliconchip.com.au
August 2003 101
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for this page: Classified ads: $20.00 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 66 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $33.00 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale.
To run your classified ad, print it clearly in the space below or on a separate
sheet of paper, fill out the form & send it with your cheque or credit card details
to: Silicon Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097. Alternatively, fax
the details to (02) 9979 6503 or send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Taxation Invoice ABN 49 003 205 490
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
Bankcard
Visa Card Master Card
Card No.
Signature__________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name ______________________________________________________
Street ______________________________________________________
Suburb/town ___________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:_____________ Fax:_____________ Email:___________________
102 Silicon Chip
FOR SALE
CDs FOR COMPUTER SOFTWARE.
Write or phone for our FREE catalogue
and price list. Raj c/o PO Box 1772,
Kathmandu, Nepal. Phone +9771242817.
WIDE RANGE OF RADIO AND TV
VALVES, new in cartons from $10.00.
K. McCormack, PO Box 158, Crookwell
2583. Phone/fax 02 4832 1996.
BRAND NEW GRAPHIC LCD DISPLAYS 128 x 64. Small quantities
available. Data Sheets available. $65.00
each + GST + Freight. Tel (08) 8263
6382. Fax (08) 8263 0776. Email: liftcells<at>chariot.net.au
AUDIO DREAMS ARE MADE OF
THIS; SEMI’S, Low Beta droop Toshiba 2SA1302, 2SC3281; ALL 2N’s, all
MPS’s inc 8055,8955; MJE’s & MJ’s
from ‘ON’ for Motorola, VERY fast
TO-126 Drivers available to ±85V rail.
MOSFETS from SEMELAB and I.R.F.,
JFETS from N.S.C. & Burr&Brown(now
under T.I.);TRANSFORMERS for Valve
and Solid State from Australia & Canada; 10VA to > can’t lift it! TUBES, all
types available. GUITAR & AMP parts
and Speakers. All AUDIO components
inc H.V. poly’s and very large Electro’s.
Phone calls between 7pm and 9pm
Australian E.S.T. OK.
Email: lede<at>bigpond.net.au
Ph: (08) 8927 0238 Fax: (08) 8927 7557
or write to LEDE ELECTRONICS, PO
BOX 40313, CASUARINA, NT 0811,
AUSTRALIA.
S-Video . . . Video . . . Audio . . . VGA
distribution amps, splitters, standards
converters, tbc’s, switchers, cables, etc,
& price list: www.questronix.com.au
Unusual LEDs and lights: Picaxe08
RGB animation kits, Superflux RGB
LEDs, RGB animating LEDs, Pink and
UV LEDs, Krill Lightsticks, LED light
sticks, plus a steadily expanding range
of other interesting products. Check out
www.alphalink.com.au/~spod
www.siliconchip.com.au
Silicon Chip
Binders
New New New
Mark22-SM
Slimline Mini FM R/C Receiver
REAL
VALUE
AT
$12.95
PLUS P
&
P
Heavy board covers with 2-tone
green vinyl covering
SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine & cover
Price: $A12.95 plus $A5.50 p&p each
(Australia only; not available elsewhere). Buy five and get them postage
free.
Just fill in & mail the handy order form
in this issue; or fax (02) 9979 6503;
or ring (02) 9979 5644 & quote your
credit card number.
speakerbits.com.au
•
•
•
•
•
6 Channels
10kHz frequency separation
Size: 55 x 23 x 20mm
Weight: 25gm
Modular Construction
Electronics
PO Box 580, Riverwood, NSW 2210.
Ph/Fax (02) 9533 3517
email: youngbob<at>silvertone.com.au
Website: www.silvertone.com.au
Full range now available off the shelf in
Australia
Variable and trimmer capacitors, reduction
drives, dials, ceramic stand-offs
CATALOGUES AND PRICE LISTS NOW
AVAILABLE
UNIVERSAL DEVICE PROGRAMMER: Low cost, high performance,
48-pin, works in DOS or Windows incl.
NT/2000. $1364. Universal EPROM
programmer $467.50. Also adaptors,
(E)EPROM, PIC, 8051 programmers,
EPROM simulator and eraser.
Dunfield C Compilers: Everything you
need to develop C and ASM software
for 68HC08, 6809, 68HC11, 68HC12,
68HC16, 8051/52, 8080/85, 8086, 8096
or AVR: $198 each. Demo disk available.
ImageCraft C Compilers: 32-bit Windows IDE and compiler. For AVR, 68HC
08, 68HC11, 68HC12, 68HC16. $385.00
Atmel Flash CPU Programmer: Hanwww.siliconchip.com.au
Four-day turnaround, less if urgent; Artwork from your own
positive or file; Through hole plating; Prompt postal service; 29
years technical experience; Inexpensive; Superb quality.
Printed Electronics, 12A Aristoc Rd,
Glen Waverley, Vic 3150.
Fax: (03) 9545 3561
Call Mike Lynch and check us out!
We are the best for low cost, small runs.
Highest quality products made by
UK Craftsmen
ALL MAJOR CREDIT CARDS ACCEPTED
SOLE AGENTS FOR AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND
Need
prototype PC boards?
We have the solutions – we print electronics!
Phone: (03) 9545 3722;
JACKSON OF THE UK IS BACK
Tel: (08) 8235 0744 Fax: (08) 8356 3652
FreeFax: 1800 673355 (Within Australia)
Email: jackson<at>homeplanet.com.au
Catalog 17078. Industrial Motherboard. 533MHz
Front Side Bus, plus on-board Watch Dog Timer and
Ethernet. This is a “well sorted” quality industrial
board. For more detail: phone Microgram Computers
(02) 4389 8444 or www.mgram.com.au
Price: $A129.50 with crystal
JACKSON BROS
CHARLES I COOKSON PTY LTD
GPO BOX 812, ADELAIDE, SA 5001
Foam surrounds,voice coils,cones and more
Original parts for Dynaudio,Tannoy and others
Expert speaker repairs – 20 years experience
Australian agents for
products
Trade welcome – email for your user ID
Phone (03) 9682 2487
& MADE TO ORDER PCBs
For more details: www.acetronics.com.au
Phone (02) 9600 6832
email: acetronics<at>acetronics.com.au
dles the 89Cx051, 89C5x, 89Sxx in
both DIP and PLCC44 and some AVR’s,
most 8-pin EEPROMS. Includes socket
for serial ISP cable. $220, $11 p&p.
SOIC adaptors: 20 pin $132.00, 14 pin
$126.50, 8 pin $121.00.
Full details on web site. Credit cards
accepted.
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD, PO Box 275,
Wentworthville 2145. (02) 9896 7150 or
http://www.grantronics.com.au
WEATHER STATIONS: Windspeed &
direction, inside temperature, outside
temperature & windchill. Records highs
& lows with time and date as they occur.
Optional rainfall and PC interface. Used
by Government Departments, farmers,
pilots, and weather enthusiasts. Other
models with barometric pressure, humidity, dew point, solar radiation, UV, leaf
wetness, etc. Just phone, fax or write for
our FREE catalogue and price list. Eco
Watch phone: (03) 9761 7040; fax: (03)
9761 7050; Unit 5, 17 Southfork Drive,
Kilsyth, Vic. 3137. ABN 63 006 399 480.
USB KITS: Stepper Motor Controller,
DTMF Transceiver, Thermometer, DDS
HF Generator, Compass, 4-Channel
Voltmeter, I/O Relay Card. Also available: Digital Oscilloscope, Temperature
Loggers, VHF Receivers and USB Active X (and USBDOS.exe file) to control
our kits from your application.
www.ar.com.au/~softmark
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics (02) 9586 4771.
sesame777<at>optusnet.com.au; http://
members.tripod.com/~sesame_elec
RCS HAS MOVED to 41 Arlewis St,
Chester Hill 2162 and is now open,
with full production. Tel (02) 9738 0330;
Fax 9738 0334. rcsradio<at>cia.com.au;
www.cia.com.au/rcsradio
August 2003 103
Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep Technology?
Advertising Index
Management & Sales Positions
Acetronics..................................103
We are a rapidly growing, Australian-owned international retailer with more than 30 stores
in Australia and we have a growing expansion program to open many more, so we need
dedicated individuals to join our team to help achieve our goals.
If you are customer focused, have an eye for detail, empathy for the products we sell and have
recently completed a TAFE of University degree in electronics, we want to meet you.
Career opportunities with full training are available now if you have the drive and ambition to
make your future with Jaycar.
We offer a competitive salary, sales commission and many other benefits. To apply for these
positions please send your C.V. indicating the role you are interested in to the address shown
below.
AEMS...........................................76
Retail Operations Manager
Jaycar Electronics Pty. Ltd.
P.O. Box 6424
Silverwater NSW 1811
Fax: (02) 9741-8530
Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au
Building speaker boxes? Mounting
electrical components onto solid
timber? You may need the Carba–tecTOOLS FOR WOOD catalogue!!
We have Australia’s largest range
of woodworking handtools & machinery. Please contact us for your
FREE 220 page colour catalogue or
come in & see us at:
32 PERCY AUBURN 2144 9649 5077 www.carbatec.com.au
Jaycar Electronics is
an equal opportunity
employer and actively
promotes staff from
within the organisation.
Satellite TV Reception
International satellite TV
reception in your home
is now affordable. Send
for your free info pack
containing equipment
catalog, satellite lists,
etc or call for appointment to view. We can
display all satellites from 76.5° to 180°.
AV-COMM P/L, 24/9 Powells Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Tel: 02 9939 4377 or 9939 4378.
Fax: 9939 4376; www.avcomm.com.au
software free. Heaps of features.
Full details and credit card ordering
available at www.oceancontrols.
com.au
KITS KITS AND MORE KITS! Check
’em out at www.ozitronics.com
KIT ASSEMBLY
104 Silicon Chip
Av-Comm Pty Ltd.......................104
BitScope Designs.........................83
Carba-Tec Tools.........................104
Clarke & Severn...........................83
David Hall Electronics..................73
Dick Smith Electronics........... 18-21
Eco Watch..................................103
Elan Audio....................................89
Gadget Central...........................IFC
Grantronics................................103
Harbuch Electronics.....................74
Instant PCBs..............................104
Jackson Bros.............................103
Hy-Q International........................83
Jaycar ....................... 49-56,83,104
JED Microprocessors................5,83
Kalex............................................93
Microgram Computers............3,103
MicroZed Computers...................81
BUY FROM HONKERS, PAY IN OZ. Get
many common passives, ICs and LCDs
direct from Hong Kong but pay in Oz.
http://www.kitsrus.com/kits3.html
Leader Modbus Data Acquisition
Modules analog inputs, RTD, Thermocouple, analog outputs, digital Inputs
and output modules
Labjack USB Data Acquisition Module features 8 12bit analog inputs, 20
digital I/O, 2 analog outputs and high
speed counter. Free software, Labview
driver and ActiveX component.
DAS005 Parallel Port Data Acquisition Module features 8 12bit Analog
inputs, 4 Digital I/Ps & 4 Digital O/Ps.
Free windows software and source code.
Dual Relay Modules suitable for TTL
and Open Collector Outputs
Programmers for Atmel and PIC microcontrollers.
Switch Mode and Linear Power Supplies
and DC-DC convertors.
FAB Programmable Logic Controllers. Low cost, high performance.
Programming software and SCADA
Altronics........................ loose insert
NEVILLE WALKER KIT ASSEMBLY
& REPAIR:
• Australia wide service
• Small production runs
• Specialist “one-off” applications
Phone Neville Walker (07) 3857 2752
Email: flashdog<at>optusnet.com.au
Silicon Chip
Circuit Ideas Wanted
Do you have a good circuit idea?
If so, sketch it out, write a brief
description of its operation & send
it to us. Provided your idea is
workable & original, we’ll publish it
in Circuit Notebook & you’ll make
some money. We pay up to $60 for
a good circuit so send your idea to:
Silicon Chip Publications,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
Oatley Electronics........................33
Printed Electronics.................... 103
Quest Electronics....................67,94
RCS Radio............................83,103
RF Probes....................................93
Silicon Chip Back Issues.... 100-101
Silicon Chip Binders..............94,103
Silicon Chip Bookshop........... 98-99
SC Car Projects Book...........62,IBC
Silicon Chip Subscriptions.............7
Silvertone Electronics................103
Soundlabs Group.........................83
Speakerbits................................103
Splat Controls..............................75
Telelink Communications....83,OBC
_________________________________
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP projects are made by:
RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738
0330. Fax (02) 9738 0334.
www.siliconchip.com.au
|